summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmutils.sty
blob: 745e0f86f034b782da4c4fffe220ae46beb5c10c (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
%
% \GetFileInfo{gmutils.sty}
% \title{The \pk{gmutils} Package\thfileinfo}
% \author{Grzegorz Murzynowski}
% \maketitle
%
% \let\ty\emph
%
% \begin{copyrnote}
%
%%Written by Grzegorz Murzynowski,
%% natror at o2 dot pl
%%
%% \copyright\,2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 by Grzegorz Murzynowski.
%%
%% This program is subject to the \LaTeX\ Project Public License.
%% See ^^A
%% \url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html} ^^A
%% for the details of that license.\rrthis
%%
%% LPPL status: "author-maintained".\par
%%
%% Many thanks to my \TeX\ Guru Marcin Woliński for his \TeX nical ^^A
%% support.
%
%\end{copyrnote}
%% 
%%
% \RecordChanges
% \ChangesStart{}{1000/00/0}
%
% \chschange{v0.59}{06/09/04}{396}
% \chschange{v0.61}{06/09/06}{432}
% \chschange{v0.62}{06/9/7}{444}
% \chschange{v0.65}{06/9/28}{700}
% \chschange{v0.66}{06/10/5}{698}
% \chschange{v0.67}{06/10/11}{739}
% \chschange{v0.68}{06/10/12}{812}
% \chschange{v0.69}{06/10/17}{844}
% \chschange{v0.70}{06/10/20}{852}
% \chschange{v0.71}{06/10/27}{876}
% \chschange{v0.72}{06/11/14}{906}
% \chschange{v0.74}{06/12/1}{1185}
% \chschange{v0.76}{07/4/9}{1538}
% \chschange{v0.77}{07/4/14}{1547}
% \chschange{v0.78}{07/4/26}{1685}
% \chschange{v0.80}{2007/4/29}{1689}
% \chschange{v0.84}{2007/11/13}{2684}
% \chschange{v0.85}{2007/11/16}{2795}
% \chschange{v0.87}{2008/8/3}{4027}
% \chschange{v0.88}{2008/8/3}{4040}
% \chschange{v0.90}{2008/8/4}{4035}
% \chschange{v0.91}{2008/8/6}{4055}
% \chschange{v0.92}{2008/8/11}{4133}
% \chschange{v0.93}{2008/8/21}{4140}
% \chschange{v0.93}{2008/8/30}{4501}
% \chschange{v0.94}{2008/10/4}{4880}
% \chschange{v0.95}{2008/10/8}{4908}
% \chschange{v0.96}{2008/11/21}{5363}
% \toCTAN{2008/11/21 v0.96}
% \chschange{v0.97}{2008/11/22}{5375}
% \toCTAN{2008/11/22 v0.97}
% \chschange{v0.98}{2008/11/30}{5429}
% \chschange{v0.98}{2008/12/5}{5577}[\cs{DeclareCommand}]
% \chschange{v0.98}{2008/12/5}{5627}[\cs{fakeonum}]
% \chschange{v0.98}{2008/12/9}{6035}[\cs{DeclareCommand}, \cmd\arg]
% \chschange{v0.98}{2008/12/10}{6129}
% [\cmd\DeclareEnvironment]
% \chschange{v0.98}{2008/12/10}{6147}
% [\cmd\arg\ in verbatims]
% \chschange{v0.98}{2008/12/12}{6535}
% [\cmd\UrlFix]
% \chschange{v0.98}{2008/12/14}{6656}
% [type settings for \pk{gmdoc} (\cmd\narrativett) and for
% \cmd\verbatimspecials] 
% \chschange{v0.991}{2010/3/4}{8257}
% [some shorthands and major development of \cmd\DeclareCommand,
% including ‘Knuthian’ and general optional arguments and
% ‘\cmd\afterassignment’ pseudo-argument]
% \toCTAN{2010/03/04 v0.991}
%
% \skiplines we skip the driver 
\ifnum\catcode`\@=12

\documentclass[debug, countalllines, codespacesgrey, outeroff,
pagella, trebuchet, cursor, fontspec=quiet]{gmdocc}
\usepackage{eufrak}% for |\continuum| in the commentary.
\twocoltoc
\begin{document}

\DocInput{\jobname.sty}
\PrintChanges
\thispagestyle{empty}
\typeout{%
  Produce change log with^^J%
  makeindex -r -s gmglo.ist -o \jobname.gls \jobname.glo^^J
  (gmglo.ist should be put into some texmf/makeindex directory.)^^J}
\typeout{%
  Produce index with^^J%
  makeindex -r \jobname^^J}
\afterfi{\end{document}}

\fi% of driver pass
%\endskiplines

\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesPackage{gmutils}
     [2010/03/04 v0.991 some rather TeXnical macros, some of them tricky (GM)]

%
% \tableofcontents
%
% \division{Intro} 
% 
% The \pk{gmutils.sty} package provides some macros that are
% analogous to the standard \LaTeX\ ones but extend their
% functionality, such as |\@ifnextcat|, |\addtomacro| or |\begin(*)|.
%   The others are just conveniences I~like to use in all my TeX
%   works, such as |\afterfi|, |\pk| or |\cs|.
%
% I wouldn't say they are only for the package writers but I~assume
% some nonzero \LaTeXpar-awareness of the user.
%
% For details just read the code part.
%
% \begin{gmlonely}
%   \subdivision{Installation} Unpack the \file{gmutils-tds.zip}
%   archive (this is an archive that conforms the \acro{TDS} standard,
%   see \file{CTAN/tds/tds.pdf}) in some texmf directory or just put
%   the \pk{gmutils.sty} somewhere in the \file{texmf/\:tex/\:latex}
%   branch. Creating a~\file{texmf/\:tex/\:latex/\:gm} directory may
%   be advisable if you consider using other packages written by me.
%
%   Then you should refresh your \TeX\ distribution's files' database
%   most probably.
% \end{gmlonely}
%
% \subdivision{Contents of the \pk{gmutils.zip} archive}
%
% The distribution of the \pk{gmutils} package consists of the
% following three files and a~\acro{TDS}-compliant archive.
% \begin{verse}
%   \pk{gmutils.sty}\\
%   \pk{README}\\
%   \pk{gmutils.pdf}\\
%   \pk{gmutils.tds.zip}
% \end{verse}
% 
% \begin{gmlonely}
%   \subdivision{Compiling of the documentation}
%
%   The last of the above files (the \pk{.pdf}, i.e., \emph{this
%     file}) is a~documentation compiled from the \pk{.sty} file by
%   running \LaTeX\ on the \pk{gmutils.sty} file twice
%   (|xelatex gmutils.sty|  in the directory you wish the
%   documentation to be in, you don't have copy the \file{.sty} file
%   there, \TeX\ will find it),
%   then MakeIndex on the \file{gmutils.idx} file, and then \LaTeX\
%   on \file{gmutils.sty} once more.
%
%   MakeIndex shell command:
%   \[\hbox{|makeindex -r gmutilsDoc|}\]
%   The |-r| switch is to forbid MakeIndex to make implicit ranges since
%   the (code line) numbers will be hyperlinks.
%
%   Compiling the documentation requires the packages:
%   \pk{gmdoc} (\pk{gmdoc.sty} and \pk{gmdocc.cls}), \pk{gmverb.sty},
%   \pk{gmutils.sty}, \pk{gmiflink.sty}  and also some standard packages:
%   \pk{hyperref.sty}, \pk{color.sty}, \pk{geometry.sty},
%   \pk{multicol.sty}, \pk{lmodern.sty}, \pk{fontenc.sty} that should
%   be installed on your computer by default.
%
%   If you had not installed the \pk{mwcls} classes (available on
%   CTAN and present in \TeX\ Live e.g.), the result of your
%   compilation might differ a~bit from the \pk{.pdf} provided in this
%   \pk{.zip} archive in formatting: If you had not installed
%   \pk{mwcls}, the standard \pk{article.cls} class would be used.
% \end{gmlonely}
%
\ifx\XeTeXversion\relax
  \let\XeTeXversion\@undefined% If someone earlier used 
% \nlperc|\@ifundefined{XeTeXversion}| to test
% whether the engine is \XeTeX, then \incs{XeTeXversion} \emph{is} defined
% in the sense of \eTeX\ tests. In that case we |\let| it to something
% really undefined. Well, we might keep sticking to \incs{@ifundefined},
% but it's a~macro and it eats its arguments, freezing their catcodes,
% which is not what we want in line \ref{not@ifundef}.
\fi

\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
\XeTeXinputencoding utf-8 % we use Unicode dashes later in this file.
\fi% and if we are not in \XeTeX, we skip them thanks to \XeTeX-test.


 %^^A % \division{Ignoring spaces and line ends in packages and classes}
 %^^A %
 %^^A % Spurious spaces and line ends that convert to spaces are a~plague
 %^^A % for the package writers including me. On the other hand, changing
 %^^A % catcodes is dangerous and should be done with care. Therefore
 %^^A % I~provide a~declaration that reverts its effect at most at the end
 %^^A % of a~package or class.
 %^^A 
 %^^A \def\package@ignorespaces{%
 %^^A   \catcode`\ =9
 %^^A   \endlinechar-1
 %^^A   \AtEndOfPackage{\package@restorespace}}
 %^^A 
 %^^A \def\package@restorespace{\catcode`\ =10 \endlinechar13 }
 %^^A 

% \division{Options}

\newif\ifgmu@quiet

\DeclareOption{quiet}{\gmu@quiettrue}

\ProcessOptions

% 
% \division{A~couple of abbreviations}
% {\DoIndex{\@nx \@xa} \Define\@xa \Define\@nx
\let\@xa\expandafter
\let\@nx\noexpand

\def\@xau#1{\unexpanded\@xa{#1}}
%\changes{v0.94}{2008/10/4}{added}
% \nostanza Note that there's only one |\expandafter|, after
% |\unexpanded|. It's because |\unexpanded| expands expandable tokens
% and gobbles |\relax|es while looking for an opening brace or |\bgroup|.
% Note also that it \emph{requires} a text in braces. 
%
% \chgs{2010/03/04 v0.991 made 1-parameter}
% Note also that (since v0.991) this is a 1-parameter macro so doesn't
% expand subsequent tokens until meets a \<balanced text> but just
% takes first single token or \<text>.



%} \HideDefining*\pdef
\def\pdef{\protected\def}
%\changes{v0.93}{2008/08/20}{added}

% And this one is defined, I~know, but it's not |\long| with the
% standard definition and I~want to be able to |\gobble| a~|\par|
% sometimes. 
% \Define\gobbletwo
\long\def\gobble#1{}
% \Define\@gobble
\let\@gobble\gobble
\let\gobbletwo\@gobbletwo


% \HideDefining*\provide 
\long\pdef\provide#1{%\changes{v0.93}{2008/08/30}{added}
  \ifdefined#1% \UnDef
    \ifx\relax#1\afterfifi{\def#1}%
    \else\afterfifi{\gmu@gobdef}% \UnDef
    \fi
  \else\afterfi{\def#1}%
  \fi}


\long\def\gmu@gobdef#1#{% \UnDef
  \def\gmu@tempa{}% it's a~junk macro assignment
  % to absorb possible prefixes.
  \@gobble}

% \HideDefining*\pprovide
\def\pprovide{\protected\provide}
% \changes[\pprovide]{v0.93}{2008/08/30}{added} Note that both
% |\provide| and |\pprovide| may be prefixed with |\global|, |\outer|,
% |\long| and |\protected| because the prefixes stick to |\def|
% because all before it is expandable. If the condition(s) is false
% (|#1| is defined) then the prefixes are absorbed by a~junk
% assignment.
%
% Note moreover that unlike \LaTeX's |\providecommand|, our
% \cs{(p)provide} allow any parameters string just like |\def|
% (because they just \emph{expand} to |\def|).
%

\long\def\@nameedef#1#2{% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/30}{added}
  \@xa\edef\csname#1\endcsname{#2}}

% \division{\cs{if}s as a~four-argument \LaTeX\ command robust to unbalanced \cs{if}s and \cs{fi}s}

\long\def\gmu@if#1#2{%
  \csname if#1\endcsname#2\@xa\@firstoftwo\else\@xa\@secondoftwo\fi
}

% \division{\cs{firstofone} and the queer \cs{catcode}s}
%
% Remember that once a~macro's argument has been read, its
% |\catcode|s are assigned forever and ever. That's what is
% |\firstofone| for. It allows you to change the |\catcode|s locally
% for a~definition \emph{outside} the changed |\catcode|s' group.
% Just see the below usage of this macro `with \TeX's eyes', as my
% \TeX\ Guru taught me.
%
\long\def\firstofone#1{#1}

% ^^A \long\def\bracethis#1{{#1}}
% ^^A \long\def\fooscant{\@xa\scantokens\bracethis}
\long\pdef\scantwo#1#2{
  \begingroup\endlinechar\m@ne
  \@xa\endgroup\scantokens{#1#2}%
}

\long\def\@firstofthree#1#2#3{#1}
\long\def\@secondofthree#1#2#3{#2}
\long\def\@thirdofthree#1#2#3{#3}
\long\def\@secondoffive#1#2#3#4#5{#2}

% In some |\if›[cat›?›]|\ test I~needed to look only at the first token of
% a~tokens' string (first letter of a~word usually) and to 
% drop the rest of it. So I~define a~macro that expands
% to the first token (or \arg{text}) of its argument.
%
\long\def\@firstofmany#1#2\@@nil{#1}
% \changes{v0.63}{06/9/9}{added}

\long\def\@allbutfirstof#1#2\@@nil{#2}
% \changes{v0.97}{2008/11/22}{added}
% \changes{v0.98}{2008/11/22}{renamed from \cs{@secondofmany}}


% \division{\cs{afterfi} and pals}

% It happens from time to time that you have some sequence of macros
% in an |\if…| and you would like to expand |\fi| before expanding
% them (e.g., when the macros should take some tokens next to |\fi…|
% as their arguments. If you know how many macros are there, you may
% type a~couple of |\expandafter|s and not to care how terrible it
% looks.  But if you don't know how many tokens will there be, you
% seem to be in a~real trouble. There's the Knuthian trick with
% |\next|. And here another, revealed to me by my \TeX\ Guru.
%
% I~think the situations when the Knuthian (the former) trick is not
% available are rather seldom, but they are imaginable at least: the
% |\next| trick involves an assignment so it won't work e.g.\ in
% |\edef|. 
%
% But |\afterfi| and pals are sensitive to |\fi|s that may occur in
% macros' arguments so probably the safest and expandable way is the
% |\expandafter\@›(first⁄|second›)oftwo| trick. %^^A|
%^^A % One warning: those macros peel the braces off, i.e., 
%^^A % \[|\if..\afterfi{\@makeother\^^M}\fi|\] 
%^^A % causes a~leakage of
%^^A % |^^M|\catother. To avoid pollution write 
%^^A % \[|\if..\afterfi{\bgroup\@makeother\^^M\egroup}\fi|\,.\] 
%

\def\longafterfi{%
  \long\def\afterfi##1##2\fi{\fi##1}}
\longafterfi
% And two more of that family:
\long\def\afterfifi#1#2\fi#3\fi{\fi\fi#1}
% \changes{v0.94}{2008/09/09}{\cs{if} removed from parameters' string}
\long\def\afteriffifi#1#2\fi#3\fi{\fi#1}
% Notice the refined elegance of those macros, that cover both `then'
% and `else' cases thanks to |#2| that is discarded.

\long\def\afterififfififi#1#2\fi#3\fi#4\fi{\fi#1}
\long\def\afteriffififi#1#2\fi#3\fi#4\fi{\fi\fi#1}
\long\def\afterfififi#1#2\fi#3\fi#4\fi{\fi\fi\fi#1}

% \division{\cs{foone}}

% The next command, |\foone|, is intended as two-argument for
% shortening of the |\begingroup…\firstofone{\endgroup…}| hack.
% 
\long\def\foone#1{\begingroup#1\relax\egfirstofone}
% \UnDef
\long\def\egfirstofone#1{\endgroup#1}

\def\fooatletter{\foone\makeatletter}



% \division{\cs{@ifempty}, \cs{IfAmong}, \cmd\IfIntersect\ \cs{@ifinmeaning}}
% After a~short deliberation I~make the \cmd\IfAmong…\cmd\among\ and
% \cmd\IfIntersect\ macros' names apeless since they are intended for
% the macro and class writers, at the same level of abstraction as
% \cmd\DeclareCommand.
%
\long\pdef\@ifempty#1{%\
  % \begin{enumargs}
  % \item the token(s) we test, it may be just |{}|,
  % \item the stuff executed if |#1| is empty (is |{}|),
  % \item the stuff executed if |#1| consists of at least one token.   
  % \end{enumargs}
  \def\gmu@reserveda{#1}%
  \ifx\gmu@reserveda\@empty\@xa\@firstoftwo
  \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
  \fi}

\long\def\@ifnonempty#1#2#3{\@ifempty{#1}{#3}{#2}}

\long\pdef\IfAmong#1\among#2{%\label{IfAmong}\
  % \begin{enumargs}
  % \item the token(s) whose presence we check,
  % \item the list of tokens in which we search |#1|,
  % \item the ‘if found’ stuff,
  % \item the ‘if not found’ stuff.
  % \end{enumargs}
  % \chgs{2008/12/05 v0.98 split from \cs{IfAmong}}
  %
  \long\def\gmu@among@##1#1##2\gmu@among@{%
    \@ifempty{##2}\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo}%
  \gmu@among@#2#1\gmu@among@}

\long\def\IfIntersect#1#2{% this (not expandable) macro checks\
  % whether the list of tokens \inverb|#1| and \inverb|#2| have\
  % nonempty intersection and if so executes \incs{@firstoftwo} or\
  % else \incs{@secondoftwo}, so it's a~4-argument command:\
  % \begin{enumargs}
  % \item first list to match,
  % \item second list to match,
  % \item if match (nonempty intersection),
  % \item if not match (empty intersection).
  % \end{enumargs}
  \let\IfIntersect@next\@secondoftwo
  \gmu@foreach#1\gmu@foreach{%
    \@xa\IfAmong\gmu@forarg\among{#2}
    {\let\IfIntersect@next\@firstoftwo}{}}%
  \IfIntersect@next}

% We need a~macro that iterates over every token on a~list. \LaTeX's
% |\@for| iterates over a~list separated with commas so it's not the
% case. Our macro is much simpler.
\long\def\gmu@foreach#1\gmu@foreach#2{%
  \long\def\gmu@forer##1{%
    \ifx\gmu@foreach##1\else
    \long\def\gmu@forarg{##1}%
    #2%
    \@xa\gmu@forer
    \fi}%
  \gmu@forer#1\gmu@foreach}



\long\pdef\@ifinmeaning#1\of#2{% \
  % \begin{enumargs}
  % \item the token(s) whose presence we check,
  % \item the macro in whose meaning we search |#1| (the first token of
  %   this argument is expanded one level with |\expandafter|),
  % \item the `if found' stuff,
  % \item the `if not found' stuff.
  % \end{enumargs}
  %
  % \chgs{2007/11/06 v0.98 (in \pk{gmdoc}) made more elegant:
  % \cs{if} changed to \cs{ifx} made four parameters and not expanding
  % to an open \cs{if›(true⁄|false›)}. Also renamed from \cs{@ifismember}}
  % \chgs{2008/12/05 v0.98 moved here from \pk{gmdoc} and rewritten,
  % including split to \cs{IfAmong} because the latter is needed in
  % \cs{DeclareCommand}} 
  %
  \def\gmu@reserveda{\IfAmong#1\among}%
  \@xa\gmu@reserveda\@xa{#2}}


% \division{Global Boolean switches}
%
% The |\newgif| declaration's effect is used even in the \LaTeXe\
% source by redefining some particular user defined ifs (UD-ifs
% henceforth) step by step.  The goal is to make the UD-if's
% assignment global. I~needed it at least twice during \pk{gmdoc}
% writing so I~make it a~macro. It's an almost verbatim copy of
% \LaTeX's |\newif| modulo the letter $g$ and the |\global| prefix.
% (File d: \file{ltdefns.dtx} Date: 2004/02/20 Version v1.3g, lines
% 139--150) \Define\newgif
\pdef\newgif#1{%
  {\escapechar\m@ne
    \global\let#1\iffalse
    \@gif#1\iftrue
    \@gif#1\iffalse
  }}
% `Almost' is also in the detail that in this case, which deals with
% |\global| assignments, we don't have to bother with storing and
% restoring the value of |\escapechar|: we can do all the work inside
% a~group.
% \DefIndex\@gif
\def\@gif#1#2{%
  \protected\@xa\gdef\csname\@xa\@gobbletwo\string#1%
  g% the letter $g$ for `|\global|'.
  \@xa\@gobbletwo\string#2\endcsname
  {\global\let#1#2}}

\pdef\newif#1{% We not only make \incs{newif}
  % \incs{protected} but also make it to define \cs{protected}
  % assignments so that premature expansion doesn't affect
  % \inverb|\if…\fi| nesting.
 % \changes{v0.92}{2008/08/09}{added redefinition so that now
 % switches defined with it are \cs{protected} so they won't expand to
 % a~further expanding or unbalanced \cs{iftrue/false} in an \cs{edef}}
  \count@\escapechar \escapechar\m@ne
  \let#1\iffalse
  \@if#1\iftrue
  \@if#1\iffalse
  \escapechar\count@}

\def\@if#1#2{% 
  \protected \@xa\def\csname\@xa\@gobbletwo\string#1%
  \@xa\@gobbletwo\string#2\endcsname
  {\let#1#2}}


\pdef\hidden@iffalse{\iffalse}
\pdef\hidden@iftrue{\iftrue}

% After |\newgif\iffoo| you may type |{\foogtrue}| and the |\iffoo|
% switch becomes globally equal |\iftrue|. Simili modo |\foogfalse|.
% Note the letter $g$ added to underline globalness of the assignment.
%
% If for any reason, no matter how queer ;-) may it be, you need
% \emph{both} global and local switchers of your |\if…|, declare
% it both with |\newif| and |\newgif|.
%
% Note that it's just a~shorthand. |\global\if⁄<switch>›(true⁄|false›)|
% \emph{does} work as expected.

% \Define\grefstepcounter
% \changes{v0.59}{06/09/04}{moved here from \pk{gmdoc}.}
% There's a~trouble with |\refstepcounter|: defining |\@currentlabel|
% is local. So let's |\def| a~|\global| version of |\refstepcounter|.
%
% Warning. I~use it because of very special reasons in \pk{gmdoc} and
% in general it is probably not a~good idea to make |\refstepcounter|
% global since it is contrary to the original \LaTeX\ approach.
\pdef\grefstepcounter#1{%
  {\let\protected@edef=\protected@xdef\refstepcounter{#1}}}
% Na\"\i{}ve first try |\globaldefs=\tw@| raised an error 
% |unknown command \reserved@e|. The matter was to globalize
% |\protected@edef| of |\@currentlabel|.\rrthis
% 
% Thanks to using the true |\refstepcounter| inside, it observes the
% change made to |\refstepcounter| by \pk{hyperref}.
% \dekmedskip
%
% 2008/08/10 I~spent all the night debugging \cs{penalty 10000} that
% was added after a~hypertarget in vertical mode. I~didn't dare to
% touch \pk{hyperref}'s guts, so I~worked it around with ensuring
% every \cs{grefstepcounter} to be in hmode:

\pdef\hgrefstepcounter#1{%
  \ifhmode\leavevmode\fi\grefstepcounter{#1}}

% By the way I~read some lines from \TB\ and was reminded that
% \cs{unskip} strips any last skip, whether horizontal or
% vertical. And I~use \cs{unskip} mostly to replace a~blank space with
% some fixed skip. Therefore define

\pdef\hunskip{\ifhmode\unskip\fi}

% Note the two macros defined above are \cs{protected}. I~think it's
% a~good idea to make \cs{protected} all the macros that contain
% assignments. There is one more thing with \cs{ifhmode}: it can be different
% at the point of \cs{edef} and at the point of execution.


% Another shorthand. It may decrease a~number of |\expandafter|s e.g.
% \Define\glet
\def\glet{\global\let}


% \LaTeX\ provides a~very useful |\g@addto@macro| macro that adds its
% second argument to the current definition of its first argument
% (works iff the first argument is a~no argument macro). But I~needed
% it some times in a~document, where |@| is not a~letter. So:
% \Define\gaddtomacro
\let\gaddtomacro=\g@addto@macro

% The redefining of the first argument of the above macro(s) is
% |\global|. What if we want it local? Here we are:
% 
\long\def\addto@macro#1#2{%
  % \chgs{2008/12/7 v0.98 \cs{toks@} replaced with some
  % \cmd\expandafter s because use of \cs{toks@} here caused
  % a~disaster in \cs{DeclareCommand}}
  \edef#1{\@xa\unexpanded\@xa{#1}\unexpanded{#2}}% \incmd\edef\ and
                                % \incmd\unexpanded\ to double the hashes.
}

% And for use in the very document,
% \Define\addtomacro
\let\addtomacro=\addto@macro

% 2008/08/09 I~need to prepend something not add at the end---so
\long\def\prependtomacro#1#2{% \changes{v0.94}{2008/09/15}{order of
  % arguments reversed}
  \edef#1{\unexpanded{#2}\@xa\unexpanded\@xa{#1}}}
% Note that \cs{prependtomacro} can be prefixed.

% \Define\addtotoks
\long\def\addtotoks#1#2{%
  #1=\@xa{\the#1#2}}

% \Define\emptify
\newcommand*\@emptify[1]{\let#1=\@empty}
\@ifdefinable\emptify{\let\emptify\@emptify}

% Note the two following commands are in fact one-argument.
%\Define\g@emptify \Define\gemptify
\newcommand*\g@emptify{\global\@emptify}
\@ifdefinable\gemptify{\let\gemptify\g@emptify}

% \Define\relaxen
\newcommand\@relaxen[1]{\let#1=\relax}
\@ifdefinable\relaxen{\let\relaxen\@relaxen}

% Note the two following commands are in fact one-argument.
% \Define\g@relaxen \Define\grelaxen
\newcommand*\g@relaxen{\global\@relaxen}
\@ifdefinable\grelaxen{\let\grelaxen\g@relaxen}

% \division{\cs{gm@ifundefined}---a~test that doesn't create any\
%   hash entry unlike \cs{@ifundefined}}

% I~define it under another name not redefine |\@ifundefined| because
% I~can imagine an odd case when something works thanks to
% |\@ifundefined|'s `relaxation’ effect.

\long\def\gm@ifundefined#1{% not |\protected| because expandable.
  % \changes{v0.94}{2008/9/12}{added. All \cs{@ifundefined}s used by
  % me changed to this}
  % \changes{v0.94}{2008/10/03}{made robust to unbalanced \cs{if}s and
  % \cs{fi}s the same way as \LaTeX's \cs{@ifundefined} (after a~heavy
  % debug :-)}
  \ifcsname#1\endcsname% defined…
    \@xa\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax% but only as |\relax|---then
    % 2nd argument.
      \afterfifi\@firstoftwo%
    \else%  defined and not |\relax|---then 3rd argument.
      \afterfifi\@secondoftwo%
    \fi
  \else% not defined---then 3rd.
    \afterfi\@firstoftwo%
  \fi}


\long\def\gm@testdefined#1\iftrue{% This is a~macro that expands to
  % \incs{iftrue} or \incs{iffalse} depending on whether its argument
  % is defined in the \LaTeX\ sense. Its syntax requires an
  % \incs{iftrue} to force balancing \incs{if}s with \incs{fi}s.
  % \changes{v0.95}{2008/10/8}{added}
  \csname
  \ifdefined#1%
    \ifx#1\relax
       iffalse%
    \else iftrue%
    \fi
  \else iffalse%
  \fi\endcsname
}

\long\def\gm@testundefined#1\iftrue{% we expand the last macro two
  % levels. We repeat the parameter string to force the proper syntax.
  % \changes{v0.95}{2008/10/8}{added}
  \@xa\@xa\@xa\unless\gm@testdefined#1\iftrue}



% \division{Some `other' and active stuff}
% Here I~define a~couple of macros expanding to special chars made
% `other'. It's important the \CS are expandable and therefore
% they can occur e.g. inside |\csname›…\endcsname| unlike e.g.\
% \CS'es |\chardef|ed.
%
% \Define\subs
\foone{\catcode`\_=8 }
{\let\subs=_}

% \Define\sups
\foone{\catcode`\^=7 }
{\let\sups=^}

\foone{\@makeother\_}
{\def\xiiunder{_}}

\let\all@unders\xiiunder
\foone{\catcode`\_=8 }
{\addtomacro\all@unders{_}}
\foone{\catcode`\_=11 }
{\addtomacro\all@unders{_}}
\foone{\catcode`\_=13 }
{\addtomacro\all@unders{_}}
% \nostanza Now |\all@unders| bears underscores of categories 8, 11,
% 12 and 13.

\def\all@stars{*}
\foone{\catcode`\*=11 }
{\addtomacro\all@stars{*}}
\foone{\catcode`\*=13 }
{\addtomacro\all@stars{*}}
%\nostanza And |\all@stars| bears stars of categories 11, 12 and 13.


\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
  \chardef\_="005F 
\fi

\foone{\@makeother\`}%
{\def\backquote{`}}


\foone{\catcode`\[=1 \@makeother\{ 
  \catcode`\]=2 \@makeother\}}%
[%
  \def\xiilbrace[{]%
  \def\xiirbrace[}]%
]% of |\firstofone|

% Note that \LaTeX's  |\@charlb| and |\@charrb| are of catcode 11
% (`letter'), cf. The \LaTeXe\ Source file k, lines 129--130.



% Now, let's define such a~smart |_| (underscore) which will be usual
% |_|${}_8$ in the math mode and |_|\catother\ (`other') outside math.
% \Define\smartunder
% \changes{v0.60}{06/09/05}{\cs{\_} instead of \cs{xiiunder}}
\foone{\catcode`\_=\active}
{%
  \newcommand*\smartunder{%
    \catcode`\_=\active
    \def_{\ifmmode\subs\else\_\fi}}}% We define it as \inverb|\_| not just as
% \inverb|\xiiunder| because some font encodings don't have \inverb|_| at the
% \inverb|\char`\_| position.
%
% \CodeEscapeChar\!
% \Define\bslash \Define\xiibackslash
\foone{\catcode`\!=0 
  \@makeother\\}
{!newcommand*!xiibackslash{\}}
%^^A] balancing braces for Emacs
% \CodeEscapeChar\\

\let\bslash=\xiibackslash


%    \begin{oldmc}
\foone{\@makeother\%}
{\def\xiipercent{%}}
%    \end{oldmc}

\foone{\@makeother\&}%
{\def\xiiand{&}}

\foone{\@makeother\ }%
{\def\xiispace{ }}

\foone{\@makeother\#}%
{\def\xiihash{#}}

% We introduce \cs{visiblespace} from Will Robertson's \pk{xltxtra} if
% available. It's not sufficient |\@ifpackageloaded{xltxtra}| since
% \cs{xxt@visiblespace} is defined only unless |no-verb| option is
% set. 2008/08/06 I~recognised the difference between \cs{xiispace}
% which has to be plain `other' char (used in \cs{xiistring}) and
% something visible to be printed in any font.

\AtBeginDocument{%
  \ifdefined\xxt@visiblespace
    \let\visiblespace\xxt@visiblespace
    \def\xxt@visiblespace@fallback{{%
        \fontspec{Latin Modern Mono}\textvisiblespace}}%
  \else
    \let\visiblespace\xiispace
  \fi}


\foone\obeyspaces{\def\gmu@activespace{ }}

\foone\obeylines{\def\activeM{^^M}}


% \division{\cs{@ifnextcat}, \cs{@ifnextac}, catcode-independent\
% \cs{gm@ifstar}, \cs{@ifnextsingle}, \cs{@ifnextgroup}} 
%
% As you guess, we |\def| |\@ifnextcat| \agrave~la |\@ifnextchar|, see
% \LaTeXe\ source dated 2003/12/01, file d, lines 253--271. The
% difference is in the kind of test used: while |\@ifnextchar| does
% |\ifx|, |\@ifnextcat| does |\ifcat| which means it looks not at the
% meaning of a~token(s) but at their |\catcode|(s). As you (should)
% remember from \TeXbook, the former test doesn't expand macros while
% the latter does. But in |\@ifnextcat| the peeked token is protected
% against expanding by |\noexpand|. Note that the first parameter is
% not protected and therefore it shall be expanded if it's
% expandable. Because an assignment is involved, you can't test
% whether the next token is an active char. But you can test if the
% next token is |{|$_1$ or |}|$_2$: |\@ifnextcat\bgroup›…|,
% |\@ifnextcat\egroup›…|. 

\long\pdef\@ifnextcat#1#2#3{%
% \changes{v0.75}{2007/01/01}{\cs{let} for \cs[\#]1 changed to
% \cs{def} to allow things like \cs{noexpand\texttilde}}
% \HideDef
  \def\reserved@d{#1}%
  \def\reserved@a{#2}%
  \def\reserved@b{#3}%
  \futurelet\@let@token\@ifncat}

% \ResumeDef
\def\@ifncat{%
  \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken
    \let\reserved@c\@xifncat
  \else
    \ifcat\reserved@d\@nx\@let@token
      \let\reserved@c\reserved@a
    \else
      \let\reserved@c\reserved@b
    \fi
  \fi
  \reserved@c}

{\def\:{\let\@sptoken= } \global\: % this makes |\@sptoken| a space token.

  % \DefIndex\@xifncat
\def\:{\@xifncat} \@xa\gdef\: {\futurelet\@let@token\@ifncat}}
% Note the trick to get a~macro with no parameter and requiring
% a~space after it. We do it inside a~group not to spoil the general
% meaning of |\:| (which we extend later).
% \dekmedskip
% 
% \stanza The next command provides the real \cs{if} test for the next
% token. \emph{It} should be called |\@ifnextchar| but that name is
% assigned for the future \cs{ifx} text, as we know. Therefore we call
% it \cs{@ifnextif}.
%
% \stanza
% Having |\@ifnextcat| defined, let's apply it immediately. Similar
% thing does probably the \pk{xspace} package.
\def\spifletter{\@ifnextcat a{\space}{}}


\long\pdef\@ifnextif#1#2#3{%
% \changes{v0.75}{2007/01/01}{\cs{let} for \cs[\#]1 changed to
% \cs{def} to allow things like \cs{noexpand\texttilde}}
% \chgs{2010/3/4 v0.991 inner macro fixed to handle active chars more
% properly (more as \cmd\if\ would do it)}
% \HideDef
% (the future token in |\noexpand|ed, unlike \inhash1)
  \def\reserved@d{#1}%
  \def\reserved@a{#2}%
  \def\reserved@b{#3}%
  \futurelet\@let@token\@ifnif}
% \ResumeDef

\def\@ifnif{%
  \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken
    \let\reserved@c\@xifnif
  \else
    \if\reserved@d\@nx\@let@token
      \let\reserved@c\reserved@a
    \else % |#1| of |\@ifnextif| is not |\if|-equivalent the future
      % token. But this may be because the future token is active
      % so it \emph{would} be |\if|-equivalent if not passed
      % through |\futurelet|. Let's manage this case.
      \begingroup
      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
        \lccode`\@nx~=`\reserved@d
      }\gmu@tempa
      \lowercase{\endgroup
        \ifx~}\@let@token
        \let\reserved@c\reserved@a
      \else
        \let\reserved@c\reserved@b
      \fi
    \fi
  \fi
  \reserved@c}

% \UnDef
{\def\:{\let\@sptoken= } \: % this makes |\@sptoken| a space token.
% \UnDef
\def\:{\@xifnif} \@xa\gdef\: {\futurelet\@let@token\@ifnif}}

% \dekmedskip
%
% But how to peek at the next token to check whether it's an active
% char? First, we look with |\@ifnextcat| whether there stands a~group
% opener. We do that to avoid taking a~whole |{…}| as the argument
% of the next macro, that doesn't use |\futurelet| but takes the next
% token as an argument, tests it and puts back intact.
% \changes{v0.75}{2007/01/11}{added}
%
\long\pdef\@ifnextac#1#2{%
  \@ifnextsingle
  {\gm@ifnac{#1}{#2}}%
  {#2}}

\long\def\gm@ifnac#1#2#3{%
  \ifcat\@nx~\@nx#3%
    \@xa\@firstoftwo
  \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
  \fi{#1#3}{#2#3}}

% Yes, it won't work for an active char |\let| to |{|${}_1$, but it ^^A~}
% \emph{will} work for an active char |\let| to a~char of
% catcode${}\neq1$. (Is there anybody on Earth who'd make an active
% char working as |\bgroup| not just recatcode it to $_1$?)
%

% Having defined such tools, let's redefine |\gm@ifstar| to make it work
% with whatever catcode |*| may be.
% make a~version of |\gm@ifstar| that would work with
% |*|\catletter. 


\pdef\gmu@lowstar{%
  \iffontchar\font"22C6 \char"22C6 \else\gmu@lowstarfake\fi}% we could define it to
% be expandable (with \inverb|^^^^22c6|) but the only goal of it would
% be allowing this low star in |\csname›…\endcsname|. But it would be
% misleading (not everyone can easily distinguish |⁄string*| from |*|)
% so \IMHO\ it's better to raise an error should such an active occur
% in a~|\csname|.
% This macro is intended to be |\let| to an active star only in
% verbatims. For usual text there's

% Commands around making star low (via |\active|ation) are defined in
% line \ref{def:gmu@star} because they use |\DeclareCommand|.


\def\gmu@tempa{*}
\foone{\catcode`\*=\active}
{\def\gmu@tempb{*}% it's defined in line \ref{active star}
 % to make |*| defined (when it was undefined,
  % \incmd\newcommand's \incs{gm@ifstar} test turned
  % true, the next undefined token was gobbled and raised an error).
  \let*=\gmu@lowstar}



\edef\gmu@tempa{%
  \long\pdef\@nx\gm@ifstar##1##2{% \chgs{2008/12/16 v0.98 renamed from
    % \cs{@ifstar} since something
    % redefines \cs{@ifstar}}]
    \@nx\@ifnextif\gmu@tempa%
    {\@nx\@firstoftwo{##1}}%
    {%
      \@nx\@ifnextchar\@xa\@nx\gmu@tempb
      {\@nx\@firstoftwo{##1}}{##2}}%
  }% of |\gm@ifstar|.
}\gmu@tempa


%\stanza
% A~test whether we can pick a~single token. We have to check whether
% we are not next to |{| and whether we are not next to |}|.

\long\pdef\@ifnextsingle#1#2{% \chgs{2008/12/11 v0.98 extracted from
  % \cs{@ifnextac}} This macro checks whether the next token is able
  % to be picked or is it a~braced list of tokens or is it a~group
  % closer so there's no token to be picked.
  \@ifnextcat\bgroup{#2}{%
    \@ifnextcat\egroup{#2}% \chgs{2008/12/11 v0.98 added test for
    % \cmd\egroup} 
    {#1}}}

\long\pdef\@ifnextgroup#1#2{% Note this macro turns true both before
  % a~group opener and before a~group closer.
  \@ifnextsingle{#2}{#1}}


% now let's apply this to sth. useful (used in \pk{gmverse} and in
% some typesetting, e.g.\ for prof.\ JSB.
\pdef\ignoreactiveM{%
  \@ifnextgroup{}{\gmu@checkM}}

\foone\obeylines{% we know it's a~single token since we use this macro
  % only in \incmd\@ifnextgroup's ‘else’.
  \long\pdef\gmu@checkM#1{%
    \ifx
    #1\@xa\ignoreactiveM%
    \else\@xa#1\fi}}


%
% \stanza Now, define a~test that checks whether the next token is
% a~genuine space, | |${}_{10}$ that is. First define
% a~\CS let such 
% a~space. The assignment needs a~little trick (\TeXbook\ appendix D)
% since |\let|'s syntax includes one optional space after |=|.
%
\let\gmu@reserveda\*%
\def\*{%
  \let\*\gmu@reserveda
  \let\gm@letspace= }%
\* %

% \Define\@ifnextspace
\def\@ifnextspace#1#2{%
  \let\gmu@reserveda\*%
  \def\*{%
    \let\*\gmu@reserveda
    \ifx\@let@token\gm@letspace\afterfi{#1}%
    \else\afterfi{#2}%
    \fi}%
  \futurelet\@let@token\*}
% First use of this macro is for an active |-| that expands to |---|
% if followed by a~space. Another to make dot checking whether is
% followed by |~| without gobbling the space if it occurs instead.
%
% \stanza
% Now a~test if the next token is an active line end. I~use it in
% \pk{gmdoc} and later in this package for active long dashes.

\foone\obeylines{%
  \long\pdef\@ifnextMac#1#2{%
    \@ifnextchar^^M{#1}{#2}}}


% \division{Storing and restoring the meanings of \CSs}
%
% First a~Boolean switch of globalness of assignments and 
% its verifier.
\newif\ifgmu@SMglobal

\pdef\SMglobal{\gmu@SMglobaltrue}
% The subsequent commands are defined in such a~way that you can
% `prefix' them with |\SMglobal| to get global (re)storing.
% \stanza
% A~command to store the current meaning of a~\CS in another macro to
% temporarily redefine the \CS and be able to set its original meaning
% back (when grouping is not recommended):
%
%\Define\StoreMacro
%\changes{v0.61}{06/09/05}{added.}
%\changes{v0.67}{06/10/11}{enriched with \cs{makeatletter}}
\pdef\StoreMacro{%
  \begingroup\makeatletter\gm@ifstar\egStore@MacroSt\egStore@Macro}
% The unstarred version takes a~\CS and the starred version
% a~text, which is intended for special control sequences. For storing
% environments there is a~special command in line \ref{StoreEnvironment}.

\long\def\egStore@Macro#1{\endgroup\Store@Macro{#1}}
\long\def\egStore@MacroSt#1{\endgroup\Store@MacroSt{#1}}

\long\def\Store@Macro#1{%
  \escapechar92
  \ifgmu@SMglobal\afterfi\global\fi
  \@xa\let\csname /gmu/store\string#1\endcsname#1%
  \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse}


\long\def\Store@MacroSt#1{%
  \edef\gmu@smtempa{%
    \ifgmu@SMglobal\global\fi
    \@nx\let\@xa\@nx\csname/gmu/store\bslash#1\endcsname%\label{SMbslash}
    % we add backslash because to ensure compatibility between
    % \incs{(Re)StoreMacro} and \incs{(Re)StoreMacro*}, that is. to allow
    % writing e.g.  \inverb|\StoreMacro\kitten| and then
    % \inverb|\RestoreMacro*{kitten}| to restore the meaning of
    % \incs{kitten}.\ilrr
    \@xa\@nx\csname#1\endcsname}
  \gmu@smtempa
  \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse}% we wish the globality to be just
                            % once.\par

% We make the |\StoreMacro| command a~three-step to allow usage of the
% most inner macro also in the next command.
%
% The starred version, |\StoreMacro*| works with csnames (without the
% backslash). It's first used to store the meanings of robust
% commands, when you may need to store not only |\foo|, but also
% |\csname foo \endcsname|.
% 
%
% The next command iterates over a~list of \CSs and stores each of
% them. The \CS'es may be separated with commas but they don't have to.
% \Define\StoreMacros

\long\pdef\StoreMacros{\begingroup\makeatletter\Store@Macros}
\long\def\Store@Macros#1{\endgroup
  \gmu@setsetSMglobal
  \let\gml@StoreCS\Store@Macro
  \gml@storemacros#1.}
% \label{InnerStore}

\def\gmu@setsetSMglobal{%
  \ifgmu@SMglobal
    \let\gmu@setSMglobal\gmu@SMglobaltrue
  \else
    \let\gmu@setSMglobal\gmu@SMglobalfalse
  \fi}

% And the inner iterating macro:
\long\def\gml@storemacros#1{%
  \def\gmu@reserveda{\@nx#1}% My \TeX\ Guru's trick to deal with |\fi|
  % and such, i.e., to hide |#1| from \TeX\ when it is processing a~test's
  % branch without expanding.
  \if\gmu@reserveda.% a~dot finishes storing.
    \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse
  \else
    \if\gmu@reserveda,% The list this macro is put before may
    % contain commas and that's O.K., we just continue the work.
      \afterfifi\gml@storemacros
    \else% what is else this shall be stored.
      \gml@StoreCS{#1}% we use a~particular \CS to may |\let| it both to
      % the storing macro as above and to the restoring one as
      % \gmiflink[letRestore]{below}. 
      \afterfifi{\gmu@setSMglobal\gml@storemacros}%
    \fi
  \fi}

% And for the restoring
%\Define\RestoreMacro
%\changes{v0.61}{06/09/05}{added.}
%\changes{v0.67}{06/10/11}{enriched with \cs{makeatletter}}
\pdef\RestoreMacro{%
  \begingroup\makeatletter\gm@ifstar\egRestore@MacroSt\egRestore@Macro}

\long\def\egRestore@Macro#1{\endgroup\Restore@Macro{#1}}
\long\def\egRestore@MacroSt#1{\endgroup\Restore@MacroSt{#1}}

\long\def\Restore@Macro#1{%
  \escapechar92
  \gmu@ifstored#1{%
    \ifgmu@SMglobal\afterfi\global\fi
    \@xa\let\@xa#1\csname /gmu/store\string#1\endcsname
    \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse}%
  {\unless\ifgmu@quiet
      \PackageWarning{gmutils}{\@nx#1 is not stored, I do nothing with
        it}%
    \fi
  }%
}

\long\def\gmu@ifstored#1#2#3{%
  \gm@ifundefined{/gmu/store%
    \if\relax\@nx#1\else\bslash\fi
    \string#1}{#3}{#2}%
}

\long\pdef\gmu@storeifnotyet#1{%
  \if\relax\@nx#1% we check if it's a~\CS
  \gmu@ifstored{#1}{}{\StoreMacro#1}%
  \fi}


\long\def\Restore@MacroSt#1{%
  \gm@ifundefined{/gmu/store\bslash#1}%
  {\unless\ifgmu@quiet
    \PackageWarning{gmutils}{\bslash#1 is not stored. I~do nothing}%
    \fi}%
  {\edef\gmu@smtempa{%
      \ifgmu@SMglobal\global\fi
      \@nx\let\@xa\@nx\csname#1\endcsname
      \@xa\@nx\csname/gmu/store\bslash#1\endcsname}% cf. the commentary
    % in line \ref{SMbslash}.
    \gmu@smtempa}%
  \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse}

% \Define\RestoreMacros
\long\pdef\RestoreMacros{\begingroup\makeatletter\Restore@Macros}

\long\def\Restore@Macros#1{\endgroup
  \gmu@setsetSMglobal
  \let\gml@StoreCS\Restore@Macro% \gmhypertarget[letRestore]{we}
  % direct the core \CS towards restoring and call the same iterating
  % macro as in line \ref{InnerStore}.
  \gml@storemacros#1.}
% As you see, the |\RestoreMacros| command uses the same iterating
% macro inside, it only changes the meaning of the core macro.

% And to restore \emph{and} use immediately:
%\changes{v0.67}{06/10/11}{enriched with \cs{makeatletter}}
\def\StoredMacro{\begingroup\makeatletter\Stored@Macro}
\long\def\Stored@Macro#1{\endgroup\Restore@Macro#1#1}

% To be able to call a~stored \CS without restoring it.
\def\storedcsname#1{%% \changes{v0.88}{2008/08/03}{added}
  \csname /gmu/store\bslash#1\endcsname}


% 2008/08/03 we need to store also an environment.
\pdef\StoreEnvironment#1{% \label{StoreEnvironment}
% \changes{v0.88}{2008/08/03}{added}
  \StoreMacro*{#1}\StoreMacro*{end#1}}

\pdef\RestoreEnvironment#1{%
% \changes{v0.88}{2008/08/03}{added}
  \RestoreMacro*{#1}\RestoreMacro*{end#1}}


% It happened (see the definition of |\@docinclude| in \pk{gmdoc.sty})
% that I~needed to |\relax| a~bunch of macros and restore them after
% some time. Because the macros were rather numerous and I~wanted the
% code more readable, I~wanted to |\do| them. After a~proper defining
% of |\do| of course. So here is this proper definition of |\do|,
% provided as a~macro (a~declaration).
%
% \Define\StoringAndRelaxingDo
% \changes{v0.59}{06/09/04}{added for storing index-related macros in
%   \pk{gmdoc}'s \cs{DocInclude}.}
% \changes{v0.61}{06/09/05}{renamed from \cs{MacroStoringDo} and the
% storing cs's prefix changed from \cs[]{@gml@srs}.}
\def\StoringAndRelaxingDo{%
  \gmu@SMdo@setscope
  \long\def\do##1{%
    \gmu@SMdo@scope
    \@xa\let\csname /gmu/store\string##1\endcsname##1%
    \gmu@SMdo@scope\let##1\relax}}

\def\gmu@SMdo@setscope{%
  \ifgmu@SMglobal\let\gmu@SMdo@scope\global
  \else\let\gmu@SMdo@scope\relax
  \fi
  \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse}

% And here is the counter-definition for restore.
%
% \Define\RestoringDo
% \changes{v0.59}{06/09/04}{added for restoring index-related macros in
%   \pk{gmdoc}'s \cs{DocInclude}.}
% \changes{v0.61}{06/09/05}{renamed from \cs{MacroRestoringDo} and
%   relaxing of the storing cs removed.}
\long\def\RestoringDo{%
  \gmu@SMdo@setscope
  \long\def\do##1{%
    \gmu@SMdo@scope
    \@xa\let\@xa##1\csname /gmu/store\string##1\endcsname}}
% Note that both |\StoringAndRelaxingDo| and |\RestoringDo| are
% sensitive to the |\SMglobal| `prefix'.

% And to store a~cs as explicitly named cs, i.e. to |\let| one csname
% another (|\n@melet| not |\@namelet| because the latter is defined
% in Till Tantau's \pk{beamer} class another way) (both arguments
% should be text):
\long\def\n@melet#1#2{%
  \edef\gmu@nl@reserveda{%
    \let\@xa\@nx\csname#1\endcsname
    \@xa\@nx\csname#2\endcsname}%
  \gmu@nl@reserveda}

% The |\global| prefix doesn't work with |\n@melet| so we define the
% alternative. 
\long\def\gn@melet#1#2{%
  \edef\gmu@nl@reserveda{%
    \global\let\@xa\@nx\csname#1\endcsname
    \@xa\@nx\csname#2\endcsname}%
  \gmu@nl@reserveda}

\long\pdef\envirlet#1#2{%
  \n@melet{#1}{#2}%
  \n@melet{end#1}{end#2}%
}


% ^^A \StoreMacro\ch@ck
% ^^A % \label{store:ch@ck}


 %\division{\cs{DeclareCommand} and \cmd\DeclareEnvironment}
 % The code of this section is based on the \pk{xparse}
 % package version 0.17 dated 1999/09/10, the version available in \TeX
 % Live 2007-13, in Ubuntu packages at least. Originally considered  a~stub `im Erwartung'
 % (Schönberg) for the \LaTeX 3 bundle, it evolved to quite a~nice
 % tool I~think.  
 % 
 % I~rewrote the ancient \pk{xparse}'s code to use the usual
 % catcodes (only with |@| a~letter) and not to use the \pk{ldcsetup}
 % package (which caused an error of
 % undefined \CS\ |\KV@def|).
 % Then I~added the |\protected| prefix to the first macro. And I~added
 % my concept of |S|/|T| arg.\ spec. And of |b| and |B| spec. And the
 % |Q| argument type. And made \cmd\DeclareEnvironment\ makes the
 % arguments passed also to the end macro.
%
%   After a~short deliberation I~rename the command to
%  \cs{DeclareCommand} which is much shorter than original
%  \cs{DeclareDocumentCommand} and more adequate at least
%  in my case: I~don't only use this powerful declaration for
%  ‘document’ commands.
%
% ^^A % After exchange of some mails with Morten H\o{}gholm and trying
% ^^A % \pk{xparse} of 2008/08/03 svn 748 (which beautifully spoils the
% ^^A % catcodes)  I~wrap the
% ^^A % ancient code in a~conditional to avoid name collision if someone
% ^^A % loads \pk{xparse} before \pk{gmutils}
%
% In the args specification you can use:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item [\texttt{m}] for mandatory argument (braced or not),
% \item [\env{O\arg{default}}] for optional argument (in square
% brackets) with default value \<default> (which is passed as |#|\<n>
% if the argument is missing),
% \item [\texttt{o}] equivalent of |O{\NoValue}|:  optional argument
% (in square brackets) lack of which makes  the \cs{NoValue} macro
% passed as |#|\<n>. You can check it with 
% \possfil  |\If›[No›]Value›(T⁄|F⁄|TF›){\#⁄<n>}|,
% \item [\texttt{s}] for optional star (if star is present, it becomes
% respective |#|\<n>, or else |\NoValue| is at the |#|\<n> (unlike in \pk{xparse}!).
% \item [\texttt{S}\arg{list}{default}] for a~Single token, checks whether on the
% respective position there's an unbraced token one of \<list> and
% returns it on |#|\<n>  if present or \arg{default} if absent. The
% \arg{default} is a braced optional. If absent, |\NoValue| is the default.
% ^^A Then that
% ^^A % token can become |#|\<$n+1$>.
% \item [\texttt{T}] as ‘Token’, just an alias for |S|.
%
% Like in \pk{xparse}, |s| is a~shorthand for |S{*}|, but
% \emph{unlike} in \pk{xparse}, in the parsed arguments you get |*| or
% |\NoValue| as |#|\<n>. You can now declare
%\begin{verbatim}
%\DeclareCommand\mimbla{S{+-}m}{%
% \leavevmode
% \ifx#1+\raise\fi
% \ifx#1-\lower\fi
% \ifx#1\NoValue\@tempdima=\fi
% 7pt \hbox{#2}%
% }
%\end{verbatim}
% and after |\mimbla+{raised} \mimbla-{lowered} \mimbla {untouched}|
% get:\par
% \fooatletter{\DeclareCommand\mimbla{S{+-}m}{\leavevmode\ifx#1+\raise\fi\ifx#1-\lower\fi\ifx#1\NoValue\@tempdima=\fi7pt\hbox{#2}}\mimbla+{raised}}
%\mimbla-{lowered} \mimbla {untouched} 
%
% This example is rather silly but shows that you spend only one |#|
% for two symbols while in \pk{xparse} you would spend two. What if
% you wanted 10 options for the optional symbol? Here it's no
% problem. And with any number $k$ of tokens on the list the next |#| is
% always $n+1$ not $n+k+1$.
%
% \item [\texttt{Q}\arg{list}] as ‘se\textbf Quence’, a~sequence of
% symbols from \<list>; for the fundamental usage see line
% \ref{Q-type}. More clearly, an argument specified with
% |Q|\arg{tokens} is a~word over the alphabet
% \<tokens>${}\cup{\tt\visiblespace}$ where {\tt\visiblespace}
% is ignored and shall not be passed in the respective \hash{\<n>}.
%
% \item [\texttt{c}] for an optional argument in
% parentheses. Historically it comes from a ‘coordinate’ argument and
% may serve as such: if you declare \TextUsage\DCcoordinate, then
% its catcher will be redefined to check for presence of a comma and pass
% the argument as |{|\arg{before comma}{after comma}|}| if comma
% present. |\NoValue| is passed if absent. By default
% \TextUsage\DCnocoordinate\ is executed that defines the |c| type
% argument as just an optional in parentheses.
%
% \item [\texttt C\arg{default}] as |c|, with default value.
%
% \item [\texttt b] for for an \emph{optional} argument in curly
% braces. That's strange for anyone acquainted with \LaTeX\ and
% contrary to its basic convention, but practised by Til Tantau in the
% \pk{beamer} class. If missing, |\NoValue| is passed as |#|\<n> and
% therefore all the tests |If›[No›]Value›(T⁄|F⁄|TF›)| apply.
%
% \item [\texttt B\arg{default}] for a~braced \emph{optional} argument with
% the default value \<default>.
%
% \item [\texttt K\arg{\#-string}\metachar{[}\arg{replacement}\metachar{]}]
%   for a~\emph{mandatory} \textbf Knuthian delimited or undelimited macro
%   parameters. This concept comes from Stephen Hicks' suggestion at
%   Bacho\TeX\ 2009 of implementing arguments delimited with
%   |#{|. ^^A}
%   So, in the mandatory first argument to |K| you give
%   an arbitrary parameters string as described in Chapter 20 of
%   \TB. If you don't provide the replacement, only |#1| of those
%   parameters will be passed to the core macro of your command as
%   |#|\<n>. In both arguments you use single |#| char.
%
% \item [\texttt G\arg{pair of tokens}\metachar{[}{default value}\metachar{]}] a \textbf General
% catcher of an optional. For instance, to declare an optional in
% angles (used e.g.\ in Till Tantau's \pk{beamer}), declare
% |G{<>}|. Again, if second argument is absent, |\NoValue| is assumed.
% \item[\texttt{A}] (for ‘angles’) a~shorthand for |G{<>}| (accepts
% the second braced as the default value).
%
% \item [\texttt{\string\afterassignment}\arg{register}] a
% pseudo-argument that in fact \emph{interrupts} parsing arguments to
% let an assignment to \<register>. The default \<register> is |\@tempcnta|. For
% example, 
%\begin{verbatim}
% \DeclareCommand\llf{\afterassignment}
% {{\lastlinefit\@tempcnta\par}}
%\end{verbatim}
% defines |\llf| to be a command that expects a value for a numerical
% assignment, assigns it to  (|\@tempcnta| and then to) the |\lastlinefit|
% special register and executes |\par| with that setting inside a
% group.
%
% Actually, \<register> may be empty |{}| and then each
% time our command is used the left side of the assignment has to
% be given explicitly and may even be different each time.
%
% Doesn't add anything to the arguments' list.
%
% \emph{This pseudo-argument type should be considered experimental.}
%
% \end{itemize}
% 
%
% \stanza
% 
% Note that you could limit acceptable values of a~mandatory or an
% optional-in-brackets argument
% to a~list inside definition of the command, using |\IfAmong›…\among…|
% defined in line \ref{IfAmong}.
%
% The |S|/|T|, |s| and |Q| arguments are always `long', they allow
% |\par| as their value that is. They have to be unbraced to be parsed so
% there's no danger of “runaway argument”.
%
% By default, \TextMarginize*{\long!lL} all the |c|, |C|,  |o|, |O|, |m|, |b| and
% |B| are ‘short’, they don't allow |\par| in them that
% is. Note however that |\par| is allowed in the default values. If
% you wish to allow |\par| for all the arguments, you can say
% |\DeclareCommand\mycommand!|… — the optional |!| makes all
% the arguments ‘long’. Instead of |!| you can use |L| or |l| for
% ‘long’ or just |\long| itself.
%
% In the arguments specification string you can write |>›[{›]⁄<prefix>›[}›]|
% to make subsequent argument ‘long’ or ignored:
%
% Any of  \TextUsage*{Pp!lL\long\par} to make a particular argument ‘long’,
% allowing |\par| in it that is, and/or any of \TextUsage*{iI} to make the
% argument ignored (just gobbled).
%
% (Note that also the |c| and |C| arguments may be made ‘long’. That's
% because I use them not as coordinates but as just another kind of
% optional argument.
%
% The concept of ignored arguments came to my head when I was
% declaring a command with three braced optionals and put optional
% stars only to distinguish the braced optionals.
%
%  For example, after
% \begin{verbatim}
% \DeclareCommand\GLBTQKi{%
%    G{&&}{\#1 default}
%    >LB{\#2 default}
%    >iT{*\ht}
%    Q{0123456789}{0}
%    K{#1\par#2\par}{{\text{#1}\over\text{#2}}}
% \end{verbatim}
% and you get |\GLBTQKi|  4-argument with:
% \begin{enumargs}
%   \dc G{&&} optional short in a pair of |&|  with  |\NoValue| as the default,
%   \dc >LB  optional long in curly braces,
%   \dc >iT{*\ht} star or |\ht| control sequence,
%   \dc Q{0123456789}{0} optional sequence of decimal digits with
%   default 0,
%   \dc K{#1\par#2\par}{{\text{#1}\over\text{#2}}} mandatory sequence
%   of two arguments both delimited with |\par|, that will be passed
%   the inner macro as |{\text{#1}\over\text{#2}}|.
% \end{enumargs}
%
% \stanza The arguments  may be tested inside the command with
% \TextUsage\IfLong|{#⁄<n>}|\arg{what if long}{what if short}. The
% test looks for |\par| at any level of nesting (|{\par}|---|\par| in
% braces will not hide) since it  |\detokenize|s
% its argument.
%
% ^^A % \stanza
% ^^A %
% ^^A % There's an  idea that came to my mind but I~did not
% ^^A % implement it: 
% ^^A % \begin{itemize}
% ^^A % \item [\texttt{>B}] spec prefix for
% ^^A %   mandatory argument to check whether that argument is braced. 
% ^^A % \end{itemize}
% ^^A % The |B| and |b| argument types partially fulfil it.
%
% \stanza If you wish \TextMarginize*{\global\outer} to define your
% command |\global|ly, you can specify
% |\DeclareCommand\mycommand\global|. If you wish to forbid usage of
% your command in arguments of macros, add the |\outer| prefix. As
% with original \TeX's |\def| and like, the prefixes are allowed in
% any order and in any number only here they come between the
% command's name and the arguments specification. You can also add
% |\long|, as we mentioned above, and, for the symmetry, also
% |\protected|, although the latter is \emph{always} added since the
% command is not expandable.
%
% \stanza Handling of white spaces with optionals seems to me too
% complicated compared to the estimated weight of the problem and
% I~haven't faced it so far so I~don't provide anything. But!---but
% there are some commands that should be invisible in the typeset
% text, such as indexing commands and font declarations. For those
% there is a~working \LaTeX\ mechanism of |\@bsphack|---|\@esphack|
% and to use it I~provide yet another ‘prefix’:
% if you type \TextMarginize*{iIwW\sphack} |W| or
% |w| (for ‘white’) or |I| or |i| (for ‘invisible’) or, if you prefer
% a~prefix-like, |\sphack|\qfootnote{I~don't define the \cmd\sphack\
%   control sequence and don't assume it's defined. I~use it only
%   as a~marker and my use of it doesn't create an entry in the
%   hash table.}
% between the \CS to be defined and arguments 
% spec, |\@bsphack| and |\@esphack| will be
% added in proper places.
%
% \stanza The original inner macros of the ancient \pk{xparse} had
% names like |\@dc@o| etc. According to my \TeX\ Guru's advice
% I~changed them to |\ArgumentCatcher@|\<letter(s)> to make the error
% messages less confusing. Well, I~don't know if they are but
% \possfil|\ArgumentCatcher@PO| looks better than |\@dc@PO| doesn't it?
%
% Talking of messages, there's a~Boolean switch
% \TextUsage\IfDCMessages. Its default setting is
% \TextUsage\DCMessagesfalse\ but if you set
% \TextUsage\DCMessagestrue, every |\command| created with my
% |\DeclareCommand| will issue a~message “Parsing arguments
% for |\command|” at the beginning of its execution.
%
% If you are positive \TextMarginize{.qQ} that no such message will
% ever be useful, you can suppress the very placing of it in the
% command's definition with an optional argument to
% \cs{Dec\-la\-re\-comm\-and} with all other ‘prefixes’, |.| or |q|
% or |Q| for ‘quiet’.
% 
% \stanza
% To sum up, |\DeclareCommand| takes the following arguments:
% \begin{enumargs}
%   \dc >Pm the command to be defined (can be even |\par| if you
%   really wish),
%
% \dc Q{\long\global\outer\protected!lL.qQiIwW\sphack} optional
% \eTeX's prefix\:(es) and/or symbols for making all the arguments
% long (|!|, |l| or |L|) and/or to suppress placing of the diagnostic
% message in the definition (|.|, |q|, |Q|) and/or for placing
% |\@sphack|---|\@esphack|  (|i|, |I|, |w|, |W|, |\sphack|),
%
%   \dc >Pm the arguments
%   specification (can contain |\par| as you see), 
%
%   \dc >Pm the definition body. You refer to the arguments with
%   |#|\<n> and can test their presence and absence with
%   |\If›[No›]Value›(T⁄|F⁄|TF›){#⁄<n>}| and if the argument was specified
%   with the |>P| prefix (allows |\par| in itself), you can test it
%   with |\IfLong{#⁄<n>}|\arg{if long}{if short}. You are also
%   provided the |\IfAmong›…\among| and |\IfIntersect| tests defined
%   earlier in this package to process the arguments, especially of
%   the |S|/|T| and |Q| type.
%   
% \end{enumargs}
% 
%\stanza
% There is also the \TextUsage\DeclareEnvironment\ command to
% define environments with sophisticated optionals. It takes the
% arguments analogous to those of |\DeclareCommand|. 
%
% The |iIwW\sphack| specifier however acts  different: it doesn't add
% |\@bsphack| nor |\@esphack| but only |\@ignoretrue|  to the
% end macro so the spaces following |\end{myenvir}| will be
% ignored. (I~tried the space hack but it's problematic (“bad space
% factor” error) if an environment begins in the vertical mode and
% ends in horizontal.
% 
% \stanza
% So the arguments to
% \cs{Decl\-are\-Env\-iron\-ment} are:
% \begin{enumargs}
%
%   \dc Pm the environment's name; you may wonder why it allows
%   \cmd\par; it's to allow environments like
%   \inverb|\string\par|---I~met such an environment once.
%
%   \dc Q{\long\outer\global\protected!lL.qQiIwW\sphack} to prefix
%   \possfil the
%   command (note that |\outer| prefix will actually not work  since
%   the command is called with |\csname|), make all the
%   arguments ‘long’ (|\long|, |!|, |l| or |L|), not to place the message
%   issuer in the command (|.|, |q|, |Q|) or  to make the
%   environment ignores spaces following its end (|iIwW\sphack|).
%   
%   \dc Pm the arguments specification (both for the begin and for the
%   end macros)
%   
%   \dc Pm the begin definition,
%   
%   \dc Pm the end definition; it can use the same parameters
%   (\hash{\<n>}'s) as the begin definition. Note however that there
%   is only one
%    specification of the arguments and both begin and end have to have 9
%   parameters in total at most.
%
% \end{enumargs}
% 
% 
 
\unless\ifdefined\@temptokenb
\newtoks\@temptokenb
\fi

\newif\if@dc@alllong@ % for an option of all arguments long.
\newif\if@dc@quiet@ % for suppressing the message of using  of
% declared command. 

\newif\IfDCMessages % a~global switch to suppress the message about
% parsing. 


\def\@dc@long@yes{P}

\newtoks\@dc@arguments

\newcount\@dc@catchernum
\newcount\@dc@argnum

\newif\if@dc@ignore


% \UnPdef
\long\pdef\DeclareCommand#1#2#3{% ^^B It's the draft version just
  % ^^B~to declare the true one, which is  defined in line \ref{DC:final}.
  % \begin{enumargs}
  % \item command to be defined,
  % \item arguments specification,
  % \item definition body.
  % \end{enumargs}
  % \chgs[\DeclareCommand]{2008/12/05 v0.98 added the \env{S}/\env{T} spec parsing, the
  %   \env{s} spec parsing rewritten to be a~shorthand for
  %   \env{S\{*\}}, unused code removed}
  %
  \@dc@catchernum\z@
  \@dc@argnum\z@
  \toks@{}% in this register we will store  the created sequence of
  % argument catchers. 
  % ^^A Later, in the working declared command,
  % ^^A   % \incs{toks@} bears \inverb|{#1}{#2}{#3}…|.
  \@temptokena\toks@ % in this register we will store the sequence of \inverb|#1#2…|.
  \@temptokenb\toks@ % in this register we will store the sequences of
  % \inverb|m|'s. 
  % ^^A   \@temptokenc\toks@ % this register will bear the sequence of tests
  % ^^A   % for `longness' of arguments.
  \emptify\@dc@long@
  \@dc@ignorefalse
  \@dc#2X% |X| is the sentinel of parsing.
  \protected\edef#1{%
    \@nx\@dc@    {\the\toks@}%
    \@xa\@nx\csname\string#1\endcsname 
    \@nx #1%
  }%
  \edef\gmu@reserveda{%
    \long\def\@xa\@nx\csname\string#1\endcsname
    \the\@temptokena{%
      % ^^A       \the\@temptokenc
      \unexpanded{#3}}}%
  \gmu@reserveda}% of the ‘draft’ |\DeclareCommand|.


\long\def\@dc@
  #1%  the argument catchers in a~pair of braces (their arguments
  %   may contain \incmd\par\ so the macro is long).
  #2% |\\thecommand|
  #3% |\thecommand|
  {% 
  \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect
    \@xa\@firstofone
  \else
    \protect#3\@xa\@gobble
  \fi
  {\@dc@arguments{#2}#1\the\@dc@arguments}}


\def\@dc#1{% The main parsing macro.
  \ifx#1X% if we meet the sentinel we stop. Note there may be some
  % \inverb|m|'s in \incs{@temptokenb} and we might not to care about
  % them since
  % they denote mandatory arguments and as such they will
  % be grabbed by \nlperc|\\⁄<declared command>|. However, if any of them
  % contains \incs{par} (while it shouldn't), then it wouldn't be
  % noticed since \inverb|\\⁄<declared command>| is always
  % long. Therefore:
    \@dc@add@ms
  \else
    \ifx#1>%
      \let\next@dc\grab@prefix
    \else % not |X| neither |>|
      \if@dc@alllong@\let\@dc@long@\@dc@long@yes\fi
      \ifx#1\afterassignment\@dc@ignoretrue\fi % if we parse the
      % assigned pseudo-argument, we don't want to add anything to the
      % % arguments' toks register so we apply general mechanism of
      % % ignoring an argument.
      \ifx#1\gobblespace\@dc@ignoretrue\fi % again, as above for
      % ignoring spaces.
      \ifnum \ifx#1m0\else1\fi \ifx\@dc@long@\@empty 0\else 2\fi
          \if@dc@ignore 1\else0\fi = 0 % we check
      % whether \inverb|#1| is \inverb|m| and not prefixed.
        \addto@hook\@temptokenb m% as you see, \incs{@temptokenb} serves as
        % a~storage of |m|'s.
      \else % (not |m|) or prefixed
        \@dc@add@ms
        \if@dc@ignore\addtotoks\toks@{\@dc@ignorearg}\fi
        \@xa\addtotoks\@xa\toks@\@xa{%
          \csname ArgumentCatcher@\@dc@long@\detokenize{#1}\endcsname}% the argument catcher's name
        % is  \inverb|\ArgumentCatcher@›[P›]⁄<arg. type>|.
        \@temptokenb{}%
      \fi% of |\if| short |m| or not
      \advance\@dc@catchernum\@ne
      \unless\if@dc@ignore
        \advance\@dc@argnum\@ne
        \@temptokena\@xa{%
          \the\@xa\@temptokena\@xa##\the\@dc@argnum}%
      \else
        \@dc@ignorefalse
      \fi
      \IfAmong#1\among{ABCO}%
      {\let\next@dc\grab@default}%
      {\IfAmong#1\among{GQST}%
        {\let\next@dc\grab@defaults}% G, Q, S and T have second argument,
        % braced optional, which is the default value (|\NoValue| by default).
        {\gmu@if  x {K#1}%
          {\let\next@dc\@dc@define@K}%
          {\gmu@if x {\afterassignment#1}%
            {\let\next@dc\dc@grab@afterass}%
            {\let\next@dc\@dc}%
          }%
        }%
      }%
      \unless\ifx\next@dc\@dc@define@K
        \emptify\@dc@long@
      \fi
  \fi % of |\if#1>|.
    \@xa\next@dc
  \fi
}%

\def\@dc@add@ms{%
  \@xa\@ifempty\@xa{\the\@temptokenb}%
  {}%
  {\toks@\@xa{%
      \the\@xa\toks@
      \csname ArgumentCatcher@\the\@temptokenb\endcsname}}}


\long\def\grab@default#1{% the default value or the list of tokens for
  % \inenv{S} may contain \incs{par} (why not?), that's why we make
  % this macro \incs{long}. 
  \toks@\@xa{\the\toks@{#1}}%
  \let\next@dc\@dc
  \@dc
}

\long\def\grab@defaults#1{% default (when default is absent)
  \toks@\@xa{\the\toks@{#1}}%
  \@ifnextchar\bgroup
  {\grab@default}%
  {\grab@default{\NoValue}}%
}

\def\dc@grab@afterass{%
  \@ifnextchar\bgroup
  {\grab@default}%
  {\grab@default{\@tempcnta}}%
}


\long\def\@dc@addargum{%
  \addtotoks\@dc@arguments}

\StoreMacro\@dc@addargum

\pdef\@dc@ignorearg{%
  \long\def\@dc@addargum##1{%
    \RestoreMacro\@dc@addargum}}

% Parsing of Knuthian parameters string is easier to implement with
% full-feature |\DeclareCommand| so we postpone it till line \ref{K@parse}


\def\grab@prefix#1{% 
  \IfIntersect{#1}{\long!lL\par Pp}%
  {\def\@dc@long@{P}}{}%
  \IfIntersect{#1}{Ii}%
  {\@dc@ignoretrue}{}%
  \@dc
}

\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@o#1\@dc@arguments{% parsing of an optional with no default
  \@ifnextchar[%^^A]
  {\def\@dc@parse@next{#1}\ArgumentCatcher@o@}%\
  % the last macro has to be short so
  % we can't give it all the arguments' catchers since some default may 
  % contain \incs{par}. Therefore we hide all the argument catchers in
  % \incs{@dc@parse@next}. 
  {\@dc@addargum\NoValue#1\@dc@arguments}}

\def\ArgumentCatcher@o@[#1]{%
  \@dc@addargum{{#1}}\@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments}

\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Po#1\@dc@arguments{% parsing of an optional with no default.
  \@ifnextchar[%^^A]
  {\ArgumentCatcher@Po@{#1}}%
  {\@dc@addargum\NoValue#1\@dc@arguments}}

\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Po@#1[#2]{%
  \@dc@addargum{{#2}}#1\@dc@arguments}

\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@O#1#2\@dc@arguments{% parsing of optional with default value.\
  % \begin{enumargs}
  %   \mand  the default value,
  %   \mand  the tail of args parser.
  % \end{enumargs}
  % 
  \@ifnextchar[%^^A]
  {\def\@dc@parse@next{#2}\ArgumentCatcher@o@}% note that even when an
  % optional is short, its default  may contain \incs{par}.
  {\@dc@addargum{{#1}}#2\@dc@arguments}}


\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@PO#1#2\@dc@arguments{% parsing of optional with default value.\
  % \begin{enumargs}
  %   \mand  the default value,
  %   \mand  the tail of args parser.
  % \end{enumargs}
  % 
  \@ifnextchar[%^^A]
  {\ArgumentCatcher@Po@#2}% note that even when an
  % optional is short, its default  may contain \incs{par}.
  {\@dc@addargum{{#1}}#2\@dc@arguments}}


\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@b#1\@dc@arguments{% parsing of an optional braced short argument.
  \@ifnextcat\bgroup
  {\def\@dc@parse@next{#1}\ArgumentCatcher@m@}%\
  % the last macro has to be short so
  % we can't give it all the arguments' parsers since some default may 
  % contain \incs{par}. Therefore we hide all the argument catchers in \incs{@dc@parse@next}.
  {\@dc@addargum\NoValue#1\@dc@arguments}}


\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Pb#1\@dc@arguments{% parsing of a~braced and
  % long optional with \incmd\NoValue\ default.
  \@ifnextcat\bgroup
  {\ArgumentCatcher@Pm#1\@dc@arguments}%
  {\@dc@addargum\NoValue#1\@dc@arguments}%
}

\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@B#1#2\@dc@arguments{% parsing of a~braced optional with default value.\
  % \begin{enumargs}
  %   \mand  the default value,
  %   \mand  the tail of args catchers.
  % \end{enumargs}
  % 
  \@ifnextcat\bgroup
  {\def\@dc@parse@next{#2}\ArgumentCatcher@m@}% note that even when an
  % optional is short, its default  may contain \incs{par}.
  {\@dc@addargum{{#1}}#2\@dc@arguments}}

\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@PB#1#2\@dc@arguments{% parsing of a~braced
                                % and long  optional with default value.\
  % \begin{enumargs}
  %   \mand  the default value,
  %   \mand  the tail of args catchers.
  % \end{enumargs}
  % 
  \@ifnextcat\bgroup
  {\ArgumentCatcher@Pm#2\@dc@arguments}% 
  {\@dc@addargum{{#1}}#2\@dc@arguments}}


\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@S@% parsing of a~Single continued:
#1%  the list to search |#4| on,
#2% the default value,
#3% the tail of args parsers,
#4% the token we search in |#1|  (it's an unbraced
% single token as we checked in line \ref{dc@S:bgroup}).
{%
  \IfAmong#4\among{#1}%
  {\@dc@addargum{{#4}}#3\@dc@arguments}%
  {\@dc@addargum{{#2}}#3\@dc@arguments#4}%
}

\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@S % parsing of a~\textbf Single\
  % token. It's always long since we look for a~single unbraced token\
  % so there is no danger of “runaway argument”.
#1% the list we search optional token on,
#2% the default value,
#3%  the tail  of args parser.
\@dc@arguments{%
  \@ifnextsingle
  % \label{dc@S:bgroup}
  {\ArgumentCatcher@S@{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
  {\@dc@addargum{{#2}}#3\@dc@arguments}% if we parse an
  % opening or closing brace, then we are sure it's not any expected
  % Single.
}
  

\let\ArgumentCatcher@PS\ArgumentCatcher@S % as above: we always act `long' with single tokens.
\let\ArgumentCatcher@T\ArgumentCatcher@S % we allow |T| (for Token) as
% an alias of |S|.


\edef\ArgumentCatcher@s{%
  \@nx\ArgumentCatcher@S{\@xa\@nx\all@stars}{\@nx\NoValue}}% the |s| arg spec is
% a~shorthand for \inverb|S{*}|. Except the star may be of any
% category from $\{11,12,13\}$.
\let\ArgumentCatcher@Ps\ArgumentCatcher@s

\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Q% parsing of a~se\textbf Quence\
            % of tokens from the list. It's always long since we look for  unbraced tokens\
            % so there is no danger of “runaway argument”.
#1%  the list we search optional tokens on,
#2%  the default value,
#3%   the tail  of args parser.
\@dc@arguments % delimiter
{% 
  \def\@dc@parse@next{#3}%
  \emptify\@dc@seQuence
  \ArgumentCatcher@Q@{#1}{#2}}

% \Define\ArgumentCatcher@PQ
\let\ArgumentCatcher@PQ\ArgumentCatcher@Q

\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Q@#1#2{% list, default
  % ^^A   \typeout{@@@@ AC@Q@, toks@: \the\@dc@arguments}%
  \@ifnextsingle
  {\ArgumentCatcher@Q@@{#1}{#2}}%
  {\@dc@seQuence@finish{#2}}%
}

\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Q@@#1#2#3{% list, default, token to be checked\\
  % we only launch this macro when not
  % before opening curly brace. \inverb|#1| is the list of acceptable
  % values, \inverb|#2| the default value, \inverb|#3| is the token to
  % be sought on the list. 
  \IfAmong #3\among{#1}%
  {\addtomacro\@dc@seQuence#3%
    \ArgumentCatcher@Q@{#1}{#2}}%
  {\@dc@seQuence@finish{#2}#3}%
}

\long\def\@dc@seQuence@finish#1{%
  % ^^A   \typeout{@@@@ l.\the\inputlineno\space \@xa\unexpanded\@xa{\@dc@seQuence}}%
  \ifx\@dc@seQuence\@empty\def\@dc@seQuence{#1}\fi
  \@xa\@dc@addargum\@xa{\@xa{\@dc@seQuence}}%
  % ^^A   \typeout{@@@@ finish, toks@: \the\@dc@arguments}%
  \@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments }


\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@c#1\@dc@arguments{%
  \@ifnextchar(%^^A)
  {\def\@dc@parse@next{#1}\ArgumentCatcher@c@}%
  {%
    % ^^A     \PackageError{gmutils/gmparse}{Missing coordinate argument}%
    % ^^A     {A value of (0,0) is assumed}%
    \@dc@addargum{{\NoValue}}#1\@dc@arguments}%
}

\def\DCcoordinate{%
  \def\ArgumentCatcher@c@(##1){%
    \IfAmong,\among{##1}%
    {\@xa\@dc@addargum\@dc@commasep##1\@dc@commasep}%
    {\@dc@addargum{{##1}}}\@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments}%
  % \stanza
  \def\@dc@commasep##1,##2\@dc@commasep{{{{##1}{##2}}}}%
  % \stanza
  \long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Pc@(##1){%
  \IfAmong,\among{##1}%
  {\@xa\@dc@addargum\@dc@commasep##1\@dc@commasep}%
  {\@dc@addargum{{##1}}}\@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments}%
}

\def\DCnocoordinate{%
  \def\ArgumentCatcher@c@(##1){%
    \@dc@addargum{{##1}}\@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments}%
  % \stanza
  \long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Pc@(##1){%
    \@dc@addargum{{##1}}\@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments}%
}

\DCnocoordinate

\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@C#1#2\@dc@arguments{%
  \@ifnextchar(%^^A)
  {\def\@dc@parse@next{#2}\ArgumentCatcher@c@}%
  {\@dc@addargum{{#1}}#2\@dc@arguments}}


\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Pc#1\@dc@arguments{%
  \@ifnextchar(%^^A)
  {\def\@dc@parse@next{#1}\ArgumentCatcher@Pc@}%
  {\@dc@addargum{{\NoValue}}#1\@dc@arguments}%
}

\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@PC#1#2\@dc@arguments{%
  \@ifnextchar(%^^A)
  {\def\@dc@parse@next{#2}\ArgumentCatcher@Pc@}%
  {\@dc@addargum{{#1}}#2\@dc@arguments}}


\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Pm#1\@dc@arguments#2{%
  \@dc@addargum{{#2}}#1\@dc@arguments}

\def\gmu@hashes#1#2{% this is a~fully expandable loop analogous to
  % that of The  % \eTeX\ Manual p.~9.
  \ifnum#1<#2%
  ####\number#1
  \expandafter\gmu@hashes
  \expandafter{\number\numexpr#1+1\expandafter}%
  \expandafter{\number#2\expandafter}%
  \fi}% of |\gmu@hashes|.

\def\gmu@hashesbraced#1#2{%
  \ifnum#1<#2%
  {####\number#1}%
  \expandafter\gmu@hashesbraced
  \expandafter{\number\numexpr#1+1\expandafter}%
  \expandafter{\number#2\expandafter}%
  \fi}% of |\gmu@hashesbraced|.

\@tempcnta=1
\@whilenum\@tempcnta<9\do{%
  \edef\gmu@ms{\romannumeral\numexpr\@tempcnta*1000 }%
  % 
  % ^^A   \typeout{@@@@ gmutils.sty: defining \bslash
  %   ^^A     ArgumentCatcher@\gmu@ms}% 
  \edef\gmu@tempa{%
    \long\def\@xa\@nx\csname
       ArgumentCatcher@\gmu@ms
    \endcsname 
    ##1\@nx\@dc@arguments{\def\@nx\@dc@parse@next{##1}%
      \@xa\@nx\csname
        ArgumentCatcher@\gmu@ms @%
      \endcsname}%
    % 
    \def\@xa\@nx\csname
    ArgumentCatcher@\gmu@ms @%
    \endcsname
    \gmu@hashes1{\numexpr\@tempcnta+1}%
    {\@nx\@dc@addargum{%
        \gmu@hashesbraced1{\numexpr\@tempcnta+1}}%
      \@nx\@dc@parse@next\@nx\@dc@arguments
    }% of \incs{ArgumentCatcher@\<m's>@}.
  }% of |\edef|.
  \gmu@tempa
  \advance\@tempcnta1\relax
}% of the loop.

% The loop above defines 8 pairs of macros as we see thanks to the
% code below:
\if 1 1
\@tempcnta\@ne
\@whilenum\@tempcnta<9\do{%
  \edef\gmu@ms{\romannumeral\numexpr\@tempcnta*1000}%
  \typeout{\bslash  ArgumentCatcher@\gmu@ms:%
    ^^J\@xa\meaning\csname ArgumentCatcher@\gmu@ms\endcsname}%
  \typeout{\bslash  ArgumentCatcher@\gmu@ms @:%
    ^^J\@xa\meaning\csname ArgumentCatcher@\gmu@ms @\endcsname}%
  \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
}
\fi
% The code above produces on the terminal:
%\begin{verbatim}
% \ArgumentCatcher@m:
% macro:#1\@dc@arguments ->\def \@dc@parse@next {#1}\ArgumentCatcher@m@ 
% \ArgumentCatcher@m@:
% macro:#1->\addto@hook \@dc@arguments {{#1}}\@dc@parse@next \@dc@arguments 
% \ArgumentCatcher@mm:
% macro:#1\@dc@arguments ->\def \@dc@parse@next {#1}\ArgumentCatcher@mm@ 
% \ArgumentCatcher@mm@:
% macro:#1#2->\addto@hook \@dc@arguments {{#1}{#2}}\@dc@parse@next \@dc@arguments 
% \ArgumentCatcher@mmm:
% macro:#1\@dc@arguments ->\def \@dc@parse@next {#1}\ArgumentCatcher@mmm@ 
% \ArgumentCatcher@mmm@:
% macro:#1#2#3->\addto@hook \@dc@arguments {{#1}{#2}{#3}}\@dc@parse@next \@dc@arguments 
% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmm:
% macro:#1\@dc@arguments ->\def \@dc@parse@next {#1}\ArgumentCatcher@mmmm@ 
% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmm@:
% macro:#1#2#3#4->\addto@hook \@dc@arguments {{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}\@dc@parse@next \@dc@arguments 
% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmmm:
% macro:#1\@dc@arguments ->\def \@dc@parse@next {#1}\ArgumentCatcher@mmmmm@ 
% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmmm@:
% macro:#1#2#3#4#5->\addto@hook \@dc@arguments {{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}\@dc@parse@next \to
% ks@ 
% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmm:
% macro:#1\@dc@arguments ->\def \@dc@parse@next {#1}\ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmm@ 
% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmm@:
% macro:#1#2#3#4#5#6->\addto@hook \@dc@arguments {{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}\@dc@parse@ne
% xt \@dc@arguments 
% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmmm:
% macro:#1\@dc@arguments ->\def \@dc@parse@next {#1}\ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmmm@ 
% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmmm@:
% macro:#1#2#3#4#5#6#7->\addto@hook \@dc@arguments {{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}}\@dc@pa
% rse@next \@dc@arguments 
% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmmmm:
% macro:#1\@dc@arguments ->\def \@dc@parse@next {#1}\ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmmmm@ 
% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmmmm@:
% macro:#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8->\addto@hook \@dc@arguments {{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}{#8}}\@
% dc@parse@next \@dc@arguments 
%\end{verbatim}
 

\def\ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmmmmm\the\@dc@arguments
#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{% yes, it has to be
  % delimited (well, actually: started) by \inverb|\the\@dc@arguments| not
  % only \incs{@dc@arguments}. And it doesn't need to be long and launch inner
  % short macro because there's nothing more to catch.
  \@dc@addargum{%
    {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}{#8}{#9}}\the\@dc@arguments}


\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Pm#1\@dc@arguments#2{% catcher of a~long mandatory.
  \@dc@addargum{{#2}}#1\@dc@arguments}


\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@K %  a~Knuthian delimited or undelimited
% arguments parsed and passed to the command's body in a~digest
% (Knuthian replacement)
#1% the particular Knuthian macro
#2%   the tail of args parser.
\@dc@arguments % tail delimiter
{\def\@dc@parse@next{#2}#1}

\let\ArgumentCatcher@PK\ArgumentCatcher@K

\long\def\gmu@twostring#1#2{\string#1\string#2}

\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@G % general catcher
#1% left and right delimiter
#2% default value
#3% the tail of args parser.
\@dc@arguments % tail delimiter
{%
  \edef\@dc@Gname{ArgumentCatcher@G\gmu@twostring#1}%
  \unless\ifcsname \@dc@Gname \endcsname
    \@xa\def\csname \@dc@Gname\@xa\endcsname
    \@dc@Gparams#1{\@dc@addargum{{##2}}##1\@dc@arguments}%
  \fi
  \@xa\@ifnextchar\@firstoftwo#1%
  {\def\dc@parse@next{#3}% we hide possible |\par|s.
    \csname\@dc@Gname\endcsname\dc@parse@next}%
  {\@dc@addargum{{#2}}#3\@dc@arguments}%
}


\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@PG % general catcher
#1% left and right delimiter
#2% default value
#3% the tail of args parser.
\@dc@arguments % tail delimiter
{%
  \edef\@dc@Gname{ArgumentCatcher@PG\gmu@twostring#1}%
  \unless\ifcsname \@dc@Gname \endcsname
    \long\@xa\def\csname \@dc@Gname\@xa\endcsname
    \@dc@Gparams#1{\@dc@addargum{{##2}}##1\@dc@arguments}%
  \fi
  \@xa\@ifnextchar\@firstoftwo#1%
  {\csname\@dc@Gname\endcsname{#3}}%
  {\@dc@addargum{{#2}}#3\@dc@arguments}%
}


\long\def\@dc@Gparams#1#2{##1#1##2#2}% expands to parameters string
% with \inhash1 delimited with first argument and \inhash2 delimited
% with second. In fact it's intended to pass  \inhash1 further (it will
% always be braced) and to catch an argument put in a~pair of tokens
% given \incmd\@dc@Gparams\ as the arguments.

\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@A{\ArgumentCatcher@G{<>}}
\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@PA{\ArgumentCatcher@PG{<>}}

\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@a{\ArgumentCatcher@G{<>}{\NoValue}}
\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Pa{\ArgumentCatcher@PG{<>}{\NoValue}}


\def\NoValue{-NoValue-}

\long\def\IfNoValueTF#1{% % \chgs{2008/12/1 v0.98 the \pk{xparse} tests for
  % the presence of value redefined and much simplified (43 \CS'es
  % less). Moreover, they are now fully expandable: \cmd\IfNoValueTF,
  % \cmd\IfNoValueT, \cmd\IfNoValueF, \cmd\IfValueTF, \cmd\IfValueT,
  % \cmd\IfValueF} 
  %
  \@xa\ifx\@firstofmany#1\@empty\@@nil\NoValue \afterfi\@firstoftwo
  \else\afterfi\@secondoftwo
  \fi}

\long\def\IfNoValueT#1#2{\IfNoValueTF{#1}{#2}\@empty}

\long\def\IfNoValueF#1#2{\IfNoValueTF{#1}\@empty{#2}}

\long\def\IfValueTF#1#2#3{\IfNoValueTF{#1}{#3}{#2}}

\long\def\PutIfValue#1{\IfValueT{#1}{#1}}

% \Define\IfValueT
\let\IfValueT\IfNoValueF

% \Define\IfValueF
\let\IfValueF\IfNoValueT

\long\pdef\IfLong#1{%\
  % \begin{enumargs}
  % \item the argument to check for |\par|,
  % \item what if |\par| found,
  % \item what if |\par| not found.
  % \end{enumargs}
  % 
  \edef\gmu@reserveda{\detokenize{#1}}%
  \edef\gmu@reserveda{%
    \IfAmong\string\par\@nx\among{\gmu@reserveda}}%
  \gmu@reserveda}


% |\afterassignment| pseudo-argument

\long\@namedef{ArgumentCatcher@\detokenize{\afterassignment}}%
#1% register used in the assignment
#2%  the tail  of args parser.
\@dc@arguments{%
  \def\@dc@parse@next{%
    \@dc@addargum\NoValue  % to make ignoring mechanism work  
    #2\@dc@arguments}%
  \afterassignment\@dc@parse@next
  #1}% optional space and |=| is left at user's discretion. In fact,
% \inhash1 may be empty and then each
% time our command is used the left side of the assignment has to
% be given explicitly and may even be different each time.
  
\n@melet{ArgumentCatcher@P\detokenize{\afterassignment}}
{ArgumentCatcher@\detokenize{\afterassignment}}

% |\gobblespace| pseudo-argument: useful between optional and
% Knuthian-type arguments and after all parsing.  Equivalent
% |>iT{\somedummymacro}|. At first I wanted mark it |\ignorespaces|
% but the gobbling doesn't expand macros: it doesnt't use
% |\ignorespaces| but |\@ifnextchar|'s space trick.

\long\@namedef{ArgumentCatcher@\detokenize{\gobblespace}}%
{\ArgumentCatcher@S{\dc@gobblespace@dummy}{\NoValue}}

\n@melet{ArgumentCatcher@P\detokenize{\gobblespace}}
{ArgumentCatcher@\detokenize{\gobblespace}}

\def\dc@gobblespace@dummy{\dc@gobblespace@dummy}

\let\gobblespace\dc@gobblespace@dummy


% end of catchers' definitions


\DeclareCommand\DeclareCommand   % This is the final version by now.\
  % Note we introduce the ‘prefixes’ at the \inhash2 position only at \
  % this point so we have yet to prefix every argument specifier\
  % separately. Note also we only here ‘teach’ |\DeclareCommand| to
  % pass the name of its main argument in the |\dc@bsname| macro.
{>Pm             %   (1)  command to be defined (may  be \incs{par} if you
                         %   really wish),
  Q{\global\protected\outer\long!lL.qQiIwW\sphack\envhack}%\
                 % \label{Q-type}  % (2) an optional
                 % se\textbf Quence of \eTeX's prefixes and/or |!| or |l| or |L|
                 % for ‘all
                 % long’ and/or |.| or |q| or
                 % |Q| for `quiet' (message about calling the command is
                 % suppressed) and/or % |i| or |I| as ‘invisible’ or |W| or |w| as
                 % ‘white’ or |\sphack| to make the command ‘invisible’ in
                 % the leading with the \incs{@bsphack}…\incs{@esphack}\qfootnote{To
                 %   deal with an ‘invisible’ environment, there is one more
                 %   acceptable value of this argument: \cmd\envhack, which
                 %   suppresses placing \cs{@bsphack}---\cs{@esphack} and places
                 %   \cs{@ignoretrue} instead in the end macro.},
  >Pm % (3)  arguments specification (may contain \incmd\par),
  >Pm % (4) the definition body; may contain nearly anything including
                  % \incmd\par\ and tests for presence/absence of arguments
                  % \nlperc|\If›[No›]Value›(T⁄|F⁄|TF›)| and for their longness \incmd\IfLong;
                  % you refer to the arguments with \inverb|#|\<n>.
}{% \label{DC:final}  %
                 % \chgs{2008/12/05 v0.98 added the \cs{@bsphack}---\cs{@esphack} option}
                 % \chgs{2008/12/07 v0.98 added the \env{Q\arg{tokens}} argument type
                 %   (a~word over the alphabet \<tokens>)}
                 %
                 % ^^A   \edef\@detokena{\detokenize{{#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} {#5} {#6}}}%
                 % ^^A   \typeout{\@detokena}%
                 % 
  \edef\dc@bsname{\string#1}% we'll use it in K-type arg.\ catcher and
  % to allow \inhash1${}=={}$\incs{par}
  % (\incs{Pack\+age\+Warn\+ing} is short and \incs{typeout} too!).
  \gm@testdefined#1\iftrue
    \IfDCMessages
      \PackageWarning{gmutils (gmparse)}{Redefining command \dc@bsname\space
        with \string\DeclareCommand}%
    \fi
  \else
    \IfDCMessages
      \typeout{^^J\string\DeclareCommand\dc@bsname\space (new)^^J}%
    \fi
  \fi
  %
  % First we parse the declaration options to know whether all the
  % arguments are to be long and whether we should suppress the
  % message ``Parsing arguments for…''.\nostanza
  \@dc@alllong@false
  \@dc@quiet@false
  % ^^A \typeout{@@@@ \the\inputlineno\space DC \xiihash1: \@nx#1}%
  \IfIntersect{#2}{\long!lL}{%
    % ^^A \typeout{@@@ \@nx #1 \space intersect with !lL }%
    \@dc@alllong@true}{}%
  \IfIntersect{#2}{.qQ}{\@dc@quiet@true}{}%
  \IfIntersect{#2}{iIwW\sphack}%
  {% if `invisibility' is specified: \UnDef
    \def\@dc@bsphack@{\@nx\@bsphack}% \UnDef
    \def\@dc@esphack@{\@nx\@esphack}%
  }% 
  {\emptify\@dc@bsphack@\emptify\@dc@esphack@}% if `invisibility' is not specified.
  \IfAmong\envhack\among{#2}%
  {% but  if we define an environment:
    \emptify\@dc@bsphack@\emptify\@dc@esphack@}%
  {% and if we don't define an environment:
    \emptify\@dc@env@argstoend}%
  \relaxen\@dc@global@ \relaxen\@dc@outer@
  \IfAmong\outer\among{#2}{\let\@dc@outer@\outer}{}%
  \IfAmong\global\among{#2}{\let\@dc@global@\global}{}%
  % We initialise the scratch count and toks registers before parsing
  % of the arguments specifiers.\nostanza
  \@dc@catchernum\z@
  \@dc@argnum\z@
  \toks@{}% 
  \@temptokena\toks@
  \@temptokenb\toks@
  % We parse the arguments specifiers:\nostanza
  \@dc#3X% |X| is the sentinel of parsing.\par
  % Now we define the basic macro:\nostanza
  \@dc@outer@\@dc@global@ % possibly the prefixes,
  \protected\edef#1{% always |\protected| \balsmiley( ;-)
    \@dc@bsphack@ % perhaps |\@bsphack|
    \unless\if@dc@quiet@
      \unexpanded{%
        \IfDCMessages
        \typeout}{Parsing arguments for \dc@bsname.}%
        \@nx\fi
    \fi
    \@nx\@dc@{\the\toks@}% in the braces appear the argument catchers.
    \@xa\@nx\csname\dc@bsname\endcsname
    \ifx\@dc@outer@\outer
      \@xa\@nx\csname \@xa\gobble\string#1 \endcsname % note the blank
      % space after \inhash1! If the command is to be \incmd\outer, we
      % can't put it itself, so we put another, whose name is the same
      % plus a~space. Anyway, since \inhash1 becomes \incmd\protected,
      % this case will never be executed.
      \else \@nx #1%
      \fi
  }% \UnDef
  \edef\gmu@reserveda{%
    \@dc@global@ % perhaps |\global|
    \long\def\@xa\@nx\csname\string#1\endcsname% for a~command
    % \incmd\command, define \incs{\bslash command}\ilrr
    \the\@temptokena% it's |#1#2#3…|
    {% the definition body:
      \@dc@env@argstoend % if we define an environment, this macro
      % will provide passing the arguments to the end macro (see
      % line \ref{@dc@env@argstoend}).
      % ^^A \IfNoValueTF{#1}%
      % ^^A       {\@dc@test@long\@nx#2{\the\@temptokena}}{}%
      \unexpanded{#4}%
      \@dc@esphack@}%
  }% of |\edef|.
  \gmu@reserveda
}% of |\DeclareCommand|.

% Now we have a~convenient tool to implement parsing of a~Knuthian
% argument(s).

% Knuthian argument's default replacement
\def\@dc@K@defaultrepl{##1}
% 2009/11/22 inner pair of braces removed (as leading to additional
% group causing errors).

\DeclareCommand\@dc@define@K\long{mb}{% \label{K@parse}
  %  first we add the particular \CS to the toks register:\nostanza
  \edef\gmu@tempa{%
    \unexpanded{\toks@\@xa}%
    {\@nx\the\toks@{%
        \@xa\@nx\csname\dc@bsname @K\the\@dc@catchernum\endcsname}}%
  }\gmu@tempa
  %  and define this macro: \nostanza
  \edef\gmu@tempa{%
    \def\@xa\@nx\csname\dc@bsname @K\the\@dc@catchernum\endcsname
    \unexpanded{#1}{%
    \@nx\@dc@addargum{{%
        \IfValueTF{#2}{\unexpanded{#2}}{\@xau{\@dc@K@defaultrepl}}%
      }}% we add the Knuthian
    % replacement to the toks register as \inhash n.
    \@nx\@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments}% and continue parsing.
  }% of |\edef|. Now we execute this temporary macro, which means we \incmd\def|\⁄<command>@K⁄<n>|
  \@dc@global@ % set properly before |\@dc#3X|. 
  \if P\@dc@long@\relax\long\fi
  \gmu@tempa
  % ^^A  \nameshow{\dc@bsname @K\the\@dc@catchernum}%
  % Now we clean up and continue construction of arguments parser. \nostanza
  \emptify\@dc@long@
  \@dc
}


\DeclareCommand\DeclareEnvironment\long
{m% Pm the environment's name; you may wonder why it allows
  %   \incmd\par. Once I~met an environment with a~name containing
  %   \nlperc|\string\par|.
    Q{\outer\global\protected\long!lL.qQiIwW\sphack\envhack}% \  
    % a~sequence of \eTeX's prefixes and/or specifiers to make all the
    % arguments ‘long’ (\incmd\long, |!|,
    % |l| or |L|)
    % and/or not to place the message issuer in the command
    % (\inverb|.|, \inverb|q|, \inverb|Q|) and/or to make the
    % environment ignore spaces following its end (|i|, |I|, |w|, |W|
    % or \incmd\sphack),
  m   %    the arguments specification (both for the begin and the
                % end  definitions),
 m %  the begin definition,
 m %    the end definition; it \emph{can} contain any
  %   \inverb|#|\<n>---the arguments of the environment are passed
  %   to it, too.
}{% 
  \def\@dc@env@argstoend{% \label{@dc@env@argstoend} \UnDef
    \edef
    \@xa\@nx\csname \bslash#1(arguments)\endcsname
    {\unexpanded{%
        \@xa\@xa\@xa\unexpanded\@xa\@xa\@xa{\@xa\@gobble\the\@dc@arguments}%
      }% of outer |\unexpanded|,
    }% of |\edef|'s body.
    % \nostanza Note that |\@dc@env@argstoend| will be put in an
    % |\edef| and the arguments bearer it sets will be defined as custom for
    % this particular environment (its name contains the name of the
    % environment) and inside the environment's group
    % and will bear a~list of tokens \arg{arg.1}{arg.2}\mch… not
    % the \CS\ |\@dc@arguments| so it's robust to nested environments
    % and even to \cs{DeclareEnvironment}'s occurrences inside the
    % environment.\fullpar \nostanza
  }% of |\@dc@env@argstoend|.
  % 
  \def\gmu@reserveda{\envhack}%  we add the information we define an
  % environment.
  \IfValueT{#2}%
  {\addtomacro\gmu@reserveda{#2}}% we pass all the ‘prefixes’ to
  % \incs{Decl\+are\+Comm\+and} 
  % \stanza
  \@xa\DeclareCommand\csname#1\@xa\endcsname
  \gmu@reserveda{#3}{#4}%
  %
  %\nostanza Now the begin definition is done. Let's get down to the
  %end definition. \nostanza
  %
  \@dc@global@ % note this \CS was for sure redefined by the last
  % \incs{Decl\+are\+Com\+m\+and} (and by nothing else) and that's
  % exactly what we want. 
  \@nameedef{end#1}% It's |\edef| inside.
  {\@nx\@xa\@xa\@nx\csname\bslash end#1\endcsname
    \@xa\@nx\csname \bslash#1(arguments)\endcsname}% 
  % \nostanza We |\edef| the |\end|\<env. name> macro to be 
  % \[|\expandafter\\end⁄<env. name>\\⁄<env. name>(arguments)|\]
  % (it's |\expandafter| and two  control sequences, the latter with
  % |(arguments)| in its name).
  % 
  \IfIntersect{#2}{iIwW\sphack}%
  {\@dc@global@\@xa\addtomacro
    \csname end#1\endcsname{\@ignoretrue}}{}%
  \edef\gmu@reserveda{% \UnDef
    \@dc@global@\long\def % the inner end macro is always \incmd\long\
    % and perhaps defined \incmd\global ly.
    \@xa\@nx\csname\bslash end#1\endcsname 
    \the\@temptokena% it's |#1#2#3›…|---the inner end macro takes the
    % same number of parameters as the begin macro.
    {% the definition body
      % ^^A \IfNoValueTF{#1}%
      % ^^A       {\@dc@test@long\@nx#2{\the\@temptokena}}{}%
      \unexpanded{#5}}%
  }% of |\edef|.
  \gmu@reserveda
}


% ^^A \unless\ifdefined\DeclareDocumentCommand
% ^^A \let\DeclareDocumentCommand\DeclareCommand
% ^^A \fi
% ^^A 
% ^^A \unless\ifdefined\DeclareDocumentEnvironment
% ^^A \let\DeclareDocumentEnvironment\DeclareEnvironment
% ^^A \fi



% \division{Ampulex Compressa-like modifications of macros}
% Ampulex Compressa is a~wasp that performs brain surgery on its
% victim cockroach to lead it to its lair and keep alive for its
% larva. Well, all we do here with the internal \LaTeX\ macros
% resembles Ampulex's actions but here is a~tool for a~replacement of
% part of macro's definition. 
%
% The \cs{ampulexdef} command takes its |#2| which has to be a~macro
% and replaces part of its definition delimited with |#5| and |#6|
% with the replacement |#7|. The redefinition may be prefixed with
% |#1|. |#2| may have parameters and for such a~macro you have to set
% the parameters string and arguments string (the stuff to be taken by
% the one-step expansion of the macro) as the optional |[#3]| and
% |[#4]|.  . If \cs{ampulexdef} doesn't find the start and end tokens
% in the meaning of the macro, it does nothing to it.  You have to
% write |####| instead of |#| or you can use |\ampulexhash| as
% well. For an example use see line \ref{ampulexset}.

%^^A \showthe\catcode`:
%^^A \showthe\catcode`_
%^^A 
%^^A \gmu@storespecials
%^^A 
%^^A \RequirePackage{xparse}[2008/08/03]
%^^A 
%^^A % This should not happen but well, it did: the catcodes changed the
%^^A % \pk{expl3} way leaked so I~fix them here.
%^^A \gmu@septify
%^^A \@makeother\:
%^^A \catcode`_=8
%^^A \catcode`\ =10


\DeclareCommand\ampulexdef\long
{Q{\outer\long\global\protected} % (1)  (optional) prefix\:(es);
  % allowed is any sequence of them in any order, just like for the 
  % original \TeX's \incmd\def.
  S{\def\edef\gdef\xdef\pdef} % (2) (optional) kind of definition; if
  % not specified, \incmd\def\ will be used.
  m % (3)  macro to be redefined,
  O{} % (4) \cs{def}'s parameters string; empty by default,
  O{} % (5) definition body's parameters to be taken in a~one-step
  % expansion of the redefined macro; empty by default,
  m % (6) start token(s),
  m % (7) end token(s)
  m % (8) the replacement
}{%^^B
  % \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/29}{added}
  % \changes{v0.94}{2008/09/07}{made \pk{xparse}-ish and
  %   \cs{ampulexset} removed}
  % \chgs{2008/12/7 v0.98 first argument (the prefix) made of the
  % \env{Q} type}
  % For the example of usage see \ref{ampulexset}. \HideDef
  \def\gmu@tempa{#6}%
  \def\gmu@tempb{#7}%
  \def\gmu@tempc{#8}% we wrap the start, end and replacement tokens in
  % macros to avoid unbalanced \incs{if}s. \ResumeDef
  \edef\gmu@tempd{%
    \long\def\@nx\gmu@tempd
    ####1\detoken@xa\gmu@tempa
    ####2\detoken@xa\gmu@tempb
    ####3\@nx\gmu@tempd{%
      \unexpanded{% \chgs[\ampulexdef]{2008/11/30 v0.98 a~bug fixed:
        % added \cs{unexpanded}} 
        \@ifempty{##3}{\hidden@iffalse}{\hidden@iftrue}}}}%
  %
  \gmu@tempd% it defines \incs{gmu@tempc} to produce an open \incs{if}
  % depending on whether the start and end token(s) are found in the
  % meaning of \inverb|#3|.
  %
  \edef\gmu@tempe{%
    \@nx\gmu@tempd\all@other#3% note that |#3| may have parameters so
    % we have to look at its meaning not at its one-level expansion,
    % which could produce an ‘extra \cmd\}’ error.
    \detoken@xa\gmu@tempa
    \detoken@xa\gmu@tempb\@nx\gmu@tempd
  }%
  %
  \gmu@tempe% we apply the checker and it
  % produces an  open \incs{if}.
  \edef\gmu@tempd{%
    \long\def\@nx\gmu@tempd
    ####1\@xa\unexpanded\@xa{\gmu@tempa}%
    ####2\@xa\unexpanded\@xa{\gmu@tempb}%
    ####3\@nx\ampulexdef{% we define a~temporary
      % macro with the parameters delimited with the `start' and `end' parameters
      % of \incs{ampulexdef}.\fullpar
      \@nx\unexpanded{####1}%
      \@nx\@xa\@nx\unexpanded
      \@nx\@xa{\@nx\gmu@tempc}%we replace the part of the redefined
      % macro's meaning with the replacement text.
      \@nx\unexpanded{####3}}}%
%^^A\show\gmu@tempd
  \gmu@tempd
%^^A\show\gmu@tempd
  % 
  \edef\gmu@tempf{#5}%
  \edef\gmu@tempe{%
    \IfValueT{#1}{#1}\IfValueTF{#2}{#2}{\def}%
    \@nx#3#4{%
      \@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@tempd\@xa#3\gmu@tempf\ampulexdef}}%
  \gmu@tempe
  \fi}

\def\ampulexhash{####}% for your convenience (not to count the hashes).

% For the heavy debugs I~was doing while preparing \pk{gmdoc}, as
% a~last resort I~used |\showlists|. But this command alone was
% usually too little: usually it needed setting |\showboxdepth| and
% |\showboxbreadth| to some positive values. So,
%
\def\gmshowlists{\showboxdepth=1000 \showboxbreadth=1000 \showlists}
% \changes{v0.59}{06/09/04}{moved here from \pk{gmdoc}}



\newcommand\nameshow[1]{\@xa\show\csname#1\endcsname}
\newcommand\nameshowthe[1]{\@xa\showthe\csname#1\endcsname}
% Note that to get proper |\showthe\my@dimen14| in the `other' |@|'s
% scope you write |\nameshowthe{my@dimen}14|\,.

% Standard |\string| command returns a~string of `other' chars except
% for the space, for which it returns | |$_{10}$. In \pk{gmdoc}
% I~needed the spaces in macros' and environments' names to be always
% \catother, so I~define
% \Define\xiistring
% \changes{v0.59}{06/09/04}{moved here from \pk{gmdoc}}
\long\def\xiistring#1{%
  \if\@nx#1\xiispace
    \xiispace
  \else
    \afterfi{\string#1}% to make the same error as bare |\string|
    % would cause in case of empty \inhash1.
  \fi}

%The next macro is applied to a~|\detokenized| nonempty string to convert the spaces into
% ‘other’. \nostanza
\def\@xiispaces#1 #2\@@nil{%
  #1%
  \ifx\@xiispaces#2\@xiispaces
  \else
  \xiispace
  \afterfi{\@xiispaces#2\@@nil}%
  \fi}


% \division{Environments redefined}
% \subdivision{Almost an environment or redefinition of \cs{begin}}
%
% We'll extend the functionality of |\begin|: the non-starred
% instances shall act as usual and we'll add the starred version. The
% difference of the latter will be that it won't check whether the
% `environment' has been defined so any name will be allowed. 
%
% This is intended to structure the source with named groups that
% don't have to be especially defined and probably don't take any
% particular action except the scoping.
%
%  (If the |\begin*|'s argument is a~(defined) environment's name,
%  |\begin*| will act just like |\begin|.)
% \dekmedskip
%
% Original \LaTeX's |\begin|:
% \begin{verbatim}
%\def\begin#1{%
%  \@ifundefined{#1}%
%    {\def\reserved@a{\@latex@error{Environment #1 undefined}\@eha}}%
%    {\def\reserved@a{\def\@currenvir{#1}%
%        \edef\@currenvline{\on@line}%
%        \csname #1\endcsname}}%
%    \@ignorefalse
%    \begingroup\@endpefalse\reserved@a}
%\end{verbatim}
% 
%   \Define\@begnamedgroup
\long\def\@begnamedgroup#1{%
  \edef\@prevgrouplevel{\the\currentgrouplevel}% added 2009/03/24 to
  % handle special pseudo-environments that don't increase
  % \incmd\currentgrouplevel (such as \inenv{document}). Note it's
  % |\edef|ed \emph{outside} the environment's group.
  \@ignorefalse% not to ignore blanks after group
  \begingroup\@endpefalse
  \edef\@prevenvir{\@currenvir}% Note we |\edef| it inside the group
  % (for obvious reason), unlike the ‘previous’ grouplevel.
  \edef\@currenvir{#1}% We could do recatcoding
  % through\inverb|\string| or \nlperc\cmd\detokenize\ but all the name
  % `other' and 10 could affect
  % a~thousand packages so we don't do that and we'll recatcode in
  % a~testing macro, see line \ref{@ifenvir}.
  \edef\@currenvline{\on@line}%
  \csname #1\endcsname}% if the argument is a~command's name (an
% environment's e.g.), this command will now be executed. (If the
% corresponding control sequence hasn't been known to \TeX, this line
% will act as |\relax|.)

% Let us make it the starred version of |\begin|.
%   \begin{DoIndex}{\begin}
%       \Define\begin
% \Define*{\begin*}
\def\begin{\gm@ifstar{\@begnamedgroup}{%
      \@begnamedgroup@ifcs}}
% \end{DoIndex}

\def\@begnamedgroup@ifcs#1{%
  \ifcsname#1\endcsname\afterfi{\@begnamedgroup{#1}}%
  \else\afterfi{\@latex@error{Environment #1 undefined}\@eha}%
  \fi}%


%\subdivision{\cs{@ifenvir} and improvement of \cs{end}}
%
% \changes{v0.74}{2006/11/27}{The catcodes of \cs{begin} and \cs{end}
% argument(s) don't have to agree strictly anymore: an environment is properly
% closed if the \cs{begin}'s and \cs{end}'s arguments result in the
% same \cs{csname}}
%
% It's very clever and useful that |\end| checks whether its argument
% is |\ifx|-equivalent |\@currenvir|. However, in standard \LaTeX\ it
% works not quite as I~would expect: Since the idea of environment is
% to open a~group and launch the \CS named in the |\begin|'s
%   argument. That last thing is done with |\csname…\endcsname| so
%   the catcodes of chars are irrelevant (until they are |\active|,
%   ${}_1$, ${}_2$ etc.). Thus should be also in the |\end|'s test and
% therefore we ensure the compared texts are both expanded and made
% all `other'.
%
% First a~(not expandable) macro that checks whether current
% environment is as given in |#1|. Why is this macro |\long|?---you
% may ask. It's |\long| to allow environments such as |\string\par|.
%
\long\def\@ifenvir#1{%\label{@ifenvir}\
  % \begin{enumargs}
  %   \mand enquired environment name which will be confronted with
  %   \incs{@currenvir}
  %   \mand what if true (if the names are
  %   equivalent\qfootnote{The names are checked whether they produce
  %     the same \cmd\csname. They don't have to have the same
  %     catcodes.})
  %   \mand what if false
  % \end{enumargs}
  % 
  % \changes{v0.92}{2008/08/07}{added}
\@ifedetokens{\@currenvir}{#1}}


\long\pdef\@ifedetokens#1#2{%
  % \begin{enumargs}
  % \item first list of tokens to be expanded and detokenized
  % \item second list
  % \item if agree
  % \item else
  % \end{enumargs}
  % 
  % \chgs{2009/04/21 v0.99 moved to a~separate macro from
  % \cmd\@ifenvir\ and made symmetric to both arguments}
  % \chgs{2008/12/01 v0.98 rewritten not to make entries in the hash
  % table, thanks to \cmd\detokenize\ and made robust to open \cs{if}s
  % in the arguments thanks to substitution of explicit parameters
  % with \cmd\@firstoftwo\ and \cmd\@secondoftwo}
  \edef\gmu@tempa{#1}% to get |#1| fully expanded.
  \edef\gmu@reserveda{\@xa\detokenize\@xa{\gmu@tempa}}% with our
  % brave new \incs{begin}, \incs{@currenvir} is fully expanded,
  % remember? 
  \edef\gmu@tempa{#2}% to get |#2| fully expanded.
  \edef\gmu@reservedb{\@xa\detokenize\@xa{\gmu@tempa}}%
  \ifx\gmu@reserveda\gmu@reservedb\@xa\@firstoftwo
  \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
  \fi}

\def\@ifjobname#1{\@ifedetokens{\jobname}{#1}}

\long\def\@ifprevenvir#1{%\label{@ifenvir}\
  % \begin{enumargs}
  %   \mand enquired environment name which will be confronted with
  %   \incs{@prevenvir}
  %   \mand what if true (if the names are
  %   equivalent\qfootnote{The names are checked whether they produce
  %     the same \cmd\csname. They don't have to have the same
  %     catcodes.})
  %   \mand what if false
  % \end{enumargs}
  % 
  % \changes{v0.92}{2009/09/04}{added}
\@ifedetokens{\@prevenvir}{#1}}



% Note that |\@ifjobname| and |\@ifenvir| are expandable and in an
% |\edef| they expand to 
% \[|\@ifedetokens{⁄<current jobname>}{⁄<arg.1>}|\] and
% \[|\@ifedetokens{⁄<current envir>}{⁄<arg.1>}|\] resp. which may be
% useful for some  \TeX vert.


\def\@checkend#1{\@ifenvir{#1}{}{\@badend{#1}}}
% \changes{v0.92}{2008/08/07}{shortened thanks to \cs{@ifenvir}}
% Thanks to it you may write |\begin{macrocode*}| with |*|\catother
% and end it with |\end{macrocode*}| with |*|\catletter\ (that was the
% problem that led me to this solution). The error messages looked
% really funny:
%\begin{verbatim}
%! LaTeX Error: \begin{macrocode*} on input line 1844 ended by \end{macrocode*}.
%\end{verbatim}
% You might also write
% also |\end{macrocode\star}| where |\star| is defined as `other' star
% or letter star.

% \division{Storing and restoring the catcodes of specials}
%
% \Define\gmu@restorespecials
\DeclareCommand\gmu@storespecials{o}{% we provide a~possibility of
  % adding stuff. For usage see line \ref{@storespecials}.
  \def\do##1{\catcode`\@nx##1=\the\catcode`##1\relax}%
  \edef\gmu@restorespecials{%
    \dospecials\do\^^M}\IfValueT{#1}{#1}}

\pdef\gmu@septify{% restoring the standard catcodes of specials. The
  % name is the opposite of `sanitize' ^^A(
  % :-)\,. It restores also the original catcode of \inverb|^^M|.
  \def\do{\relax\catcode`}%
  \do\ 10\do\\0\do\{1\do\}2\do\$3\do\&4%
  \do\#6\do\^7\do\_8\do\%14\do\~13\do\^^M5\relax
  %\nostanza |%% \let\do\@makeother|\\
  % |%% \do0\do1\do2\do3\do4\do5\do6\do7\do8\do9\relax|\nostanza
}




%\division{From \pk{relsize}}
%
%\changes{v0.58}{06/09/02}{Relative font size change macros added}
%
% As file \pk{relsize.sty}, v3.1 dated July 4, 2003 states, \LaTeXe\
% version of these macros was written by Donald Arseneau
% \url{asnd@triumf.ca} and Matt Swift \url{swift@bu.edu} after the
% \LaTeX\,2.09 \pk{smaller.sty} style file written by Bernie Cosell
% \url{cosell@WILMA.BBN.COM}\,.
%
% I~take only the basic, non-math mode commands with the assumption
% that there are the predefined font sizes.
% 
% You declare the font size with \TextUsage\relsize\arg{n} where
% \<n> gives the number of steps ("mag-step" = factor of 1.2) to
% change the size by. E.g., $n = 3$ changes from |\normalsize| to
% |\LARGE| size.  Negative $n$ selects smaller fonts.
% \TextUsage\smaller${}=={}$|\relsize{-1}|;
% \TextUsage\larger${}=={}$|\relsize{1}|. \TextUsage\smallerr (my
% addition)${}=={}$|\relsize{-2}|; \TextUsage\largerr\ guess yourself.
% 
% (Since |\DeclareRobustCommand|
% doesn't issue an error if its argument has been defined and it only
% informs about redefining, loading \pk{relsize} remains allowed.)
% \Define\relsize
\pdef\relsize#1{%
  \ifmmode \@nomath\relsize\else
    \begingroup
     \@tempcnta % assign number representing current font size
       \ifx\@currsize\normalsize 4\else   % funny order is to have most …
        \ifx\@currsize\small 3\else       % …likely sizes checked first
         \ifx\@currsize\footnotesize 2\else
          \ifx\@currsize\large 5\else
           \ifx\@currsize\Large 6\else
            \ifx\@currsize\LARGE 7\else
             \ifx\@currsize\scriptsize 1\else
              \ifx\@currsize\tiny 0\else
               \ifx\@currsize\huge 8\else
                \ifx\@currsize\Huge 9\else
                4\rs@unknown@warning % unknown state: |\normalsize| as starting point
     \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
%  Change the number by the given increment:
     \advance\@tempcnta#1\relax
%  watch out for size underflow:
      \ifnum\@tempcnta<\z@ \rs@size@warning{small}{\string\tiny}\@tempcnta\z@ \fi
      \@xa\endgroup
      \ifcase\@tempcnta  % set new size based on altered number
         \tiny \or \scriptsize \or \footnotesize \or \small \or \normalsize \or 
         \large \or \Large \or \LARGE \or \huge \or \Huge \else 
          \rs@size@warning{large}{\string\Huge}\Huge
\fi\fi}% end of |\relsize|.

\providecommand*\rs@size@warning[2]{\PackageWarning{gmutils (relsize)}{%
 Size requested is too #1.\MessageBreak Using #2 instead}}


\providecommand*\rs@unknown@warning{\PackageWarning{gmutils (relsize)}{Current font size 
 is unknown! (Why?!?)\MessageBreak Assuming \string\normalsize}}

% And a~handful of shorthands: 
%
\DeclareRobustCommand*\larger[1][\@ne]{\relsize{+#1}}
\DeclareRobustCommand*\smaller[1][\@ne]{\relsize{-#1}}
\DeclareRobustCommand*\textlarger[2][\@ne]{{\relsize{+#1}#2}}
\DeclareRobustCommand*\textsmaller[2][\@ne]{{\relsize{-#1}#2}}
\pdef\largerr{\relsize{+2}}
\pdef\smallerr{\relsize{-2}}



%\division{Meta-symbols}
% I~fancy also another Knuthian trick for typesetting \<meta-symbols>
% in \TeXbook. So I~repeat it here. The inner |\meta| macro is
% copied verbatim from \pk{doc}'s v2.1b documentation dated 2004/02/09
% because it's so beautifully crafted I~couldn't resist. I~only don't
% make it |\long|.
% \dekmedskip
%
% \begin{quotation}
% The new implementation fixes this problem by defining
% |\meta| in a radically different way: we prevent hyphenation by defining a |\language|
% which has no patterns associated with it and use this to typeset the words within
% the angle brackets.
% \end{quotation}
%^^A~\DefIndex\l@nohyphenation
%^^A~\ifx\l@nohyphenation\undefined
%^^A~  \newlanguage\l@nohyphenation
%^^A~\fi
\pdef\meta#1{%
  % \begin{quotation}
  %   Since the old implementation of |\meta| could be used in math we better ensure
  %   that this is possible with the new one as well. So we use |\ensuremath| around
  %   |\langle| and |\rangle|. However this is not enough: if |\meta@font@select| below
  %   expands to |\itshape| it will fail if used in math mode. For this reason we hide
  %   the whole thing inside an |\nfss@text| box in that case.
  % \end{quotation}
  {\meta@fontsetting\ensuremath\langle}%
  \ifmmode\@xa\nfss@text\fi
  {% this has to be a~begin-group because \incmd{\nfss@text} becomes
   % \incmd\hbox\ in math mode.
   \gmu@activespaceblank
    \meta@font@select
    % Need to keep track of what we changed just in case the user changes font inside
    % the argument so we store the font explicitly.
    % ^^A~% \DefIndex\meta@hyphen@restore
    % ^^A    \edef\meta@hyphen@restore{%
    %   ^^A      \hyphenchar\the\font\the\hyphenchar\font}%
    % ^^A    \hyphenchar\font\m@ne
    % ^^A    \language\l@nohyphenation
    #1\/%
    % ^^A~    \meta@hyphen@restore
  }%
  {\meta@fontsetting\ensuremath\rangle}%
}% of |\meta|.

\pdef\gmu@activespaceblank{%
  \@xa\def\gmu@activespace{\space\ignorespaces}% note the
  % subtle perversity of this definition: if we meet more than one
  % subsequent active spaces, then the first of them will
  % typeset \incmd\space and its \incmd\ignorespaces\ will
  % gobble \incmd\space\ of the second and will stop at
  % \incs{ignorespaces} and this \incs{ignorespaces} will gobble
  % the next \incs{space} and so on.
}

\def\meta@fontsetting{\color{red!50!black}}

\def\meta@font@select{\meta@fontsetting\it}
% \changes {v0.76}{06/9/21}{\cs{itshape} changed to an explicit and
% violent \cs{it} to work as expected in \cs{cs}'s argument}
% But I~define |\meta@font@select| as the brutal and explicit |\it|
% instead of the original |\itshape| to make it usable e.g.\ in the
% \pk{gmdoc}'s |\cs| macro's argument.


% The below |\meta|'s drag\qfootnote{Think of the drags that transform
%   a~very nice but rather standard `auntie' (`Tante' in Deutsch) into
%   \balsmiley( a~most adorable Queen ;-)\,.} is a~version of
% \TeXbook's one.  \Define*[\<⁄kern⁄string-3pt›…>]{\<›…>}
\def\<#1>{\meta{#1}}

\pdef\metachar#1{\begingroup\metacharfont #1\endgroup}
\def\metacharfont{\meta@fontsetting\rm}

% ^^A\gmshowlists

% \division{Macros for printing macros and filenames}
%
% First let's define three auxiliary macros analogous to |\dywiz| from
% \pk{polski.sty}: a~shorthands for |\discretionary| that'll stick to
% the word not spoiling its hyphenability and that'll won't allow
% a~line break just before nor just after themselves.  The
% |\discretionary| \TeX\ primitive has three arguments: |#1| `before
% break', |#2| `after break', |#3| `without break', remember?
% \Define\discre \Define\discret
\pdef\discre#1#2#3{\leavevmode\kern0sp%
  \discretionary{#1}{#2}{#3}\penalty10000\hskip0sp\relax}

\pdef\discret#1{\discre{#1}{#1}{#1}}

% A~tiny little macro that acts like |\-| outside the math mode and
% has its original meaning inside math.
\def\:{%
  \ifmmode\afterfi{\mskip\medmuskip}%
  \else\afterfi{\discre{\null}{}{}}% \incs{null} to get
  % \incs{hyphenpenalty} not \incs{exhyphenpenalty}.
  \fi}



\let\gmu@discretionaryhyphen\- % for the cases when we don't redefine
                               % \incs\- but use \incs\UrlFix


\DeclareCommand\bihyphen{O{*}}{% a~redefinition of |\-| that makes it
  % optional-argument to allow further hyphenation
  \DeclareCommand\gmu@discretionaryhyphen{T{#1}ca}{%
    \IfValueT{##2}{%
      \@ifempty{##2}{}{%
        \def\gmu@bihyphen@char{##2}}%
    }%
    \IfValueT{##3}{%
      \@ifempty{##3}{}{%
        \def\gmu@bihyphen@corr{##3}}%
    }%
    \IfValueTF{##1}\discre\discretionary
    {% before break
      \IfValueTF{##2}{%
        \@ifempty{##2}{\gmu@bihyphen@char}{##2}%
      }{%
        \ifnum\hyphenchar\font>\z@
          \char\hyphenchar\font
        \fi}}% end of before break
    {%after break
      \IfValueT{##3}{%
        \@ifempty{##3}{\gmu@bihyphen@corr}{##3}%
      }%
    }%
    {% without break
    }% almost as in \TB: unlike \TB, we allow hyphenchars
    % $\ge255$ as we are \XeTeX.
  }% of |\DeclareCommand\-|
  \gmu@storeifnotyet\-% original |\-| is a~\TeX's
  % primitive, therefore we should store it.
  \let\-\gmu@discretionaryhyphen
  \let\@dischyph\gmu@discretionaryhyphen % to override \pk{framed.sty}
}% of |\bihyphen|


\relaxen\gmu@bihyphen@corr

\pdef\vs{\discre{\visiblespace}{}{\visiblespace}}

% Then we define a~macro that makes the spaces visible even if used in
% an argument (i.e., in a~situation where re|\catcode|ing has no
% effect).
%
\def\printspaces#1{{\let~=\vs \let\ =\vs \gm@pswords#1 \@@nil}}
% \DefIndex\gm@pswords
\def\gm@pswords#1 #2\@@nil{%
  \ifx\relax#1\relax\else#1\fi
  \ifx\relax#2\relax\else\vs\penalty\hyphenpenalty\gm@pswords#2\@@nil\fi}% note 
% that in the recursive call of \incs{gm@pswords} the argument string is
% not extended with a~sentinel space: it has been already by
% \incs{printspaces}.\ilrr

\pdef\sfname#1{\textsf{\printspaces{#1}}}

\def\gmu@discretionaryslash{\discre{/}{\hbox{}}{/}}% the second
% pseudo-argument nonempty to get
% \incs{hyphenpenalty} not \incs{exhyphenpenalty}.\ilrr


\pdef\file#1{\gmu@printslashes#1/\gmu@printslashes}

\def\gmu@printslashes#1/#2\gmu@printslashes{%
  \sfname{#1}%
  \ifx\gmu@printslashes#2\gmu@printslashes
  \else
  \textsf{\gmu@discretionaryslash}%
  \afterfi{\gmu@printslashes#2\gmu@printslashes}\fi}
    

% it allows the spaces in the filenames (and prints
% them  as \vs).

% The  macro defined below I~use to format the packages' names.
\pdef\pk#1{\textsf{#1}}
% \changes{v0.96}{2008/11/13}{\cs{textup} removed to allow slanting
% the name in titles (that are usually typeset in Italic font)}


% Some (if not all) of the below macros are copied from \pk{doc}
% and/or \pk{ltxdoc}.
% 
% A~macro for printing control sequences in arguments of
% a~macro. Robust to avoid writing an explicit |\| into a~file. It
% calls |\ttfamily| not |\tt| to be usable in headings which are
% boldface sometimes.
%
% 
\DeclareCommand\cs{O{\type@bslash\penalty\@M\hskip\z@skip}}{%\
  % \begin{enumargs}
  %   \dc O{\bslash}  the control sequence's prefix, by default it's
  %   \inverb|\| allowing hyphenation of subsequent word,
  %   \dc m the control sequence or anything to be typeset in
  %   typewriter font.
  %   ^^A this argument is long to allow \inverb|\cmd\par|
  %   ^^A     % that expands to |\cs{\string\par}| or so.
  % \end{enumargs}
  % \chgs{2008/12/12 v0.98 added \cs{verbatim@specials}}
  % \chgs{2008/12/12 v0.98 made \cmd\- switch to \cmd\normalfont\
  % because \IMHO\ this underlines the fact that a~\CS\ belongs to the
  % narrative. \cmd\hyphenchar\ set to 45 as in usual texts} 
  \begingroup
  \ifdefined\verbatim@specials\verbatim@specials\fi
  \edef\-{\discretionary{%
      \ifdefined\gmv@hyphen\gmv@hyphen
      \else\unexpanded{{\normalfont-}}%
      \fi}{}{}}%
  \def\{{\type@lbrace\yeshy}\def\}{\char`\}}%
  \narrativett
  \edef\narrativett@storedhyphenchar{\the\hyphenchar\font}%
  \hyphenchar\font=\ifdefined\gmv@hyphenchar\gmv@hyphenchar
  \else "A6 \fi
  \cs@inner{#1}}

\pdef\cs@inner#1#2{%
  #1#2%
  \hyphenchar\font=\narrativett@storedhyphenchar\relax
  \endgroup}

\def\narrativett{\ttfamily}% such name because I~introduce it to
% distinguish the narrative verbatims from the code in \pk{gmdoc}.

\long\pdef\env{\cs[]}
% \changes{v0.66}{06/09/29}{the braces removed}

% And for the special sequences like |^^A|:\nostanza
\foone{\@makeother\^}
  {\pdef\hathat{\cs[^^]}}

\AtBeginDocument{%
  \@ifpackageloaded{gmdoc}{\def\hash{\cs[\#]}}{}}

% And one for encouraging line breaks e.g., before long verbatim words.
\def\possfil{\hfil\penalty1000\hfilneg}

\def\possvfil{\vfil
  \penalty\numexpr
  \gmu@minnum{\clubpenalty+\widowpenalty}{9999}%
  %^^A\gmu@maxnum
 %^^A   {\ifnum\widowpenalty<\@M
 %^^A       \gmu@minnum{\widowpenalty+1}{9999}\relax
 %^^A     \else1000%
 %^^A     \fi}%
 %^^A   {\ifnum\clubpenalty<\@M
 %^^A       \gmu@minnum{\clubpenalty+1}{9999}\relax
 %^^A     \else1000%
 %^^A     \fi}%
  \relax % eaten by |\gmu@maxnum|
  \relax % eaten by |\numexpr|
  \vfilneg}

\long\def\gmu@extremnum#1#2#3{%\
  % \begin{enumargs}
  % \item inequality sign
  % \item left side of comparison
  % \item right side of comparison
  % \end{enumargs}
  \@xa\ifx\@firstofmany#3\@@nil\relax % this complicated test is to
  % allow arguments beginning with some \incs{if⁄<…>} as in
  % \incs{possvfil} e.g.
    \@xa\@firstoftwo
  \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
  \fi
  {#2}%
  {%
    \ifnum\numexpr#2\relax#1\numexpr#3\relax 
      \@xa\@firstoftwo
    \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
    \fi
    {\gmu@extremnum#1{#2}}%
    {\gmu@extremnum#1{#3}}%
  }%
}

\def\gmu@maxnum{\gmu@extremnum>}
\def\gmu@minnum{\gmu@extremnum<}


% \division{Typesetting arguments and commands} 
%
% We define a~conditional and iterating command \TextUsage\arg\ that
% in math mode does what it used to do was in math and outside math it
% typesets mandatory, optional and picture (parenthesed) and angled
% arguments and optional stars. You can
% write \[|\arg[gefilte]*<fisch>(mit){baigele}|\] to get
% \[\hbox{\arg[gefilte]*{fisz}(mit){bajgele}}\]
% or even
% \[|\verb+\MoltoAdagio⁄⁄arg*{Dankgesang}<an>[die Gottheit]+|\] 
% (where |⁄⁄| is the escape char in verbatims) to
% get \[|\MoltoAdagio⁄arg*{Dankgesang}<an>[die Gottheit]|\] (in
% der lydischen Tonart).
%
% For more complicated arguments configurations consider using
% \pk{gmdoc}'s environment \env{enumargs}.
% \stanza
% The five macros below are taken from the \pk{ltxdoc.dtx}.
%
% \begin{quotation}|\cmd{\foo}| Prints |\foo| verbatim. It may be used inside moving
% arguments. |\cs{foo}| also prints |\foo|, for those who prefer that
% syntax. (This second form may even be used when |\foo| is
% |\outer|).\end{quotation}
% 

\long\def\cmd#1{\@xa\cs\@xa{\@xa\cmd@to@cs\string#1}}% it has to be
% un\incs{protected}! It has so many \incmd\expandafter s to allow
% \inverb|\cmd\par| and still keep the \incmd\cs\ command ‘short’.

\def\cmd@to@cs#1#2{\char\number`#2\relax}
% \nostanza It can be short since it never gets actual control
% sequence as an argument only a~string of ‘other’ tokens (and maybe spaces).

% |\marg{text}| prints \marg{text}, `mandatory argument'.
% \Define\marg
\pdef\marg#1{{\narrativett\type@lbrace}\meta{#1}{\narrativett\char`\}}}

% |\oarg{text}| prints \oarg{text}, `optional argument'.
% Also |\oarg[text]| does that.
% \HideAllDefining
% \Define\oarg
\pdef\oarg{\@ifnextchar[\@oargsq\@oarg}
%^^A]
\pdef\@oarg#1{{\narrativett[}\meta{#1}{\narrativett]}}
\pdef\@oargsq[#1]{\@oarg{#1}}

% |\parg{te,xt}| prints \parg{te,xt}, `picture mode argument'.
% \Define\parg
\pdef\parg{\@ifnextchar(\@pargp\@parg}
%^^A)
\def\@parg#1{{\narrativett(}\meta{#1}{\narrativett)}}
\def\@pargp(#1){\@parg{#1}}

\pdef\aarg{\@ifnextchar<\@aarga\@aarg}
\def\@aarg#1{{\narrativett<}\meta{#1}{\narrativett>}}
\def\@aarga<#1>{\@aarg{#1}}

\def\@verbaarga#1#2>{\@aarg{#2}\arg@dc}

\foone{\catcode`>\active}{%
  \def\@verbaargact#1#2>{\@aarg{#2}\arg@dc}%
}

\foone{\@makeother\{\@makeother\}%
  \catcode`[=\@ne\catcode`]=\tw@}
[% ^^A{
  \def\@verbmargm#1#2}[% for an argument in curly braces in a verbatim, where
    % the braces are not groupers and not necessary ‘other’. We'll know
    % by \incmd{\@ifnextif} that the future token is an opening
    % brace. Note this macro has 2nd parameter delimited with ‘other’
    % closing brace (so may not act correctly when braces are nested
    % (then hide them with special verbatim groupers)).  
    \marg[#2]%
    \arg@dc
  ]%
]% of |\foone|

% \ResumeAllDefining
\DeclareCommand\arg@dc!{%
  % \chgs{200/03/04 v0.991 added rcognising of verbatim braces and
  %   angles}  
  s % (1)
  o % (2)
  c % (3)
  b % (4)
  a % (5)
  S{\arg} % (6) just gobbled (for backwards compatibility)
}{% This command iterates while it
  % has arguments and typesets them in brackets, parentheses or curly
  % braces. Note it gobbles subsequent |\arg|s and just iterates.
  \def\next{0}%
  \IfValueT{#1}%
  {\metachar[\scanverb{*}\metachar]\def\next{1}}%
  \IfValueT{#2}{\@oarg{#2}\def\next{1}}%
  \IfValueT{#3}{\@parg{#3}\def\next{1}}%
  \IfValueT{#4}{\marg{#4}\def\next{1}}%
  \IfValueT{#5}{\aarg{#5}\def\next{1}}%
  \@ifnextchar\egroup{\endgroup}{%
    \if1\next\@xa\arg@dc
    \else % it's crucial that we look for verbatim braces \emph{after}
      % we checked there were no \inhash4, otherwise there would
      % be an error.
      \def\next{%
        \@ifnextif\xiilbrace{\@verbmargm}%
        {% not active or other lbrace
          \@ifnextif<{% then we look for angles
            \ifnum\catcode`>=\active
              \@xa\@verbaargact
            \else\@xa\@verbaarga
            \fi}%
          {% and if not angles neither verbatim braces, then
            \endgroup  % if we have no more arguments to typeset, we
            % close the group opened in line \ref{queer.group}
          }%
        }%
      }%
      \@xa \next
    \fi
  }% of not egroup
}% of  |\arg@dc|


% Now define the front-end macro of the |\arg| command:\nostanza
\foone{\obeylines}{%
  \AtBeginDocument{%
    \let\math@arg\arg %
    \pdef\arg{\ifmmode\math@arg %
      % \chgs{200/03/04 v0.991 added rcognising of verbatim braces and angles}
      \else\afterfi{%
        \begingroup %
        % \label{queer.group}
        \ifdefined\@ifQueerEOL\@ifQueerEOL{%
          \def^^M{\unskip\space}% in the ‘queer’ \ac{EOL}s scope we
          % keep line end active in case we have
          % \incmd\arg\nlpercent\arg{arg.} ending a~line: the next
          % char peeper touches line end or, if the line end was $_5$,
          % gobbles the space it turns into so the comment layer would
          % ‘leak’ to the code layer.
        }{}\fi %
        \arg@dc}%
      \fi}% of |\arg|,
  }% of |\AtBeginDocument|,
}% of |\foone|.
% \chgs{2008/12/07 v0.98 made iterating thanks to \cmd\DeclareCommand\cs{arg@dc}}


% Now you can write 
%\begin{verse}
% |\arg{mand.\ arg} [opt.\ arg] (pict.\ arg)| \\
% to get \arg{mand.\ arg} [opt.\ arg] (pict.\ arg). (Yes, with only one |\arg|!)\\
% And |$\arg(1+i) = \pi/4$| for $\arg(1+i) = \pi/4$.
% \end{verse}
% 

\DeclareCommand\cat{Q{'"0123456789ABCDEF}}{%
  ${}_{\the\numexpr#1}\m@th$\@ifnextcat a\space{}}


% \division{Not only preamble!}
% Let's remove some commands from the list to erase at begin document!
% Primarily that list was intended to save memory not to forbid
% anything. Nowadays, when memory is cheap, the list of only-preamble
% commands should be rethought \IMHO.


% \Define\not@onlypreamble
% \changes{v0.79}{2007/04/28}{All the actions are done in a~group and
% therefore \cs{xdef} used instead of \cs{edef} because this command
% has to use \cs{do} (which is contained in the \cs{@preamblecmds}
% list) and \cs{not@onlypreamble} itself should be able to be let to
% \cs{do}} 
\newcommand\not@onlypreamble[1]{{%
  \def\do##1{\ifx#1##1\else\@nx\do\@nx##1\fi}%
  \xdef\@preamblecmds{\@preamblecmds}}}

\not@onlypreamble\@preamblecmds
\not@onlypreamble\@ifpackageloaded
\not@onlypreamble\@ifclassloaded
\not@onlypreamble\@ifl@aded
\not@onlypreamble\@pkgextension

% And let's make the message of only preamble command's forbidden use
% informative a~bit:

\def\gm@notprerr{ can be used only in preamble (\on@line)}

\AtBeginDocument{%
  \def\do#1{\@nx\do\@nx#1}%
  \edef\@preamblecmds{%
    \def\@nx\do##1{%
      \def##1{\@nx\PackageError{gmutils/LaTeX}%
        {\@nx\string##1 \@nx\gm@notprerr}\@nx\@eha}}%
    \@preamblecmds}}

% A~subtle error raises: the \LaTeX\ standard |\@onlypreamble| and
% what |\document| does with |\@preamblecmds| makes any two of `only
% preamble' \CS's |\ifx|-identical inside \env{document}. And my
% change makes any two \CS's |\ifx|-different. The first it
% causes a~problem with is standard \LaTeX's |\nocite| that checks
% |\ifx\@onlypreamble\document|. So hoping this is a~rare problem, we
% circumvent it. 2008/08/29 a~bug is reported by Edd Barrett that
% with \pk{natbib} an `extra \}' error occurs so we wrap the fix in
% a~conditional. 
%
% \changes[\nocite]{v0.93}{2008/08/29}{a~bug fixed: with \pk{natbib}
% an `extra \}' error. Now it fixes only the standard version of
% \cs{nocite}}


\def\gmu@nocite@ampulex{% we wrap the stuff in a~macro to hide an open
  % \incs{if}. And not to make the begin-input hook too large.
  % \label{ampulexset} the first optional argument is the
  % parameters string and the second the argument for one-level
  % expansion of \incs{nocite}. Both hash strings are doubled to pass
  % the  % first \incs{def}.
  \ampulexdef\nocite[####1][{{####1}}]% note the double brace
  % around \inhash3. 
  \ifx
  {\@onlypreamble\document}%
  \iftrue}


\AtBeginDocument{\gmu@nocite@ampulex}%


% \division{Third person pronouns}
%
% Is a~reader of my documentations `she' or 'he' and does it make
% a~difference?
% 
% Previous versions of this documentation were consequently
% alternating ’he’ and ’she’ and provided specific macros for that
% purpose. Now I'm not that queer and gender so I take what is
% normally used,  ’they’ that is.
%
% (The issue of human sexes and genders (certainly much more numerous
% than 2) is complex and delicate and a \TeX\ macro package is
% probably not the best place to discuss it.)
% ^^A % Not to favour any gender in the personal pronouns, define
% ^^A % commands that'll print alternately masculine and feminine
% ^^A % pronoun of third person. By `any' I~mean not only typically
% ^^A % masculine and typically feminine but the entire amazingly rich
% ^^A % variety of people's genders, \emph{including} those who do not
% ^^A % describe themselves as `man' or `woman'.
% ^^A %
% ^^A % One may say two pronouns
% ^^A % is far too little to cover this variety but I~could point Ursula's
% ^^A % K.\ LeGuin's \textit{The Left Hand Of Darkness} as another acceptable
% ^^A % answer. In that moody and moderate \acro{SF} novel the androgynous
% ^^A % persons are usually referred to as `mister', `sir' or `he': the
% ^^A % meaning of reference is extended. Such an extension also my
% ^^A % automatic pronouns do suggest. It's \emph{not} political
% ^^A % correctness, it's just respect to people's diversity.
% ^^A % \DefIndex*{gm@PronounGender}
% ^^A % \let\do\Define
% ^^A % \do\gm@atppron \do\heshe \do\hisher \do\himher \do\hishers
% ^^A % \do\HeShe \do\HisHer \do\HimHer \do\HisHers
% ^^A \newcounter{gm@PronounGender} ^^A ^^A
% ^^A \newcommand*\gm@atppron[2]{%
%   ^^A
%   ^^A   \stepcounter{gm@PronounGender}% remember |\stepcounter| is global.
%   ^^A \ifodd\value{gm@PronounGender}#1\else#2\fi} 
% ^^A  \newcommand*\heshe{\gm@atppron{he}{she}} 
% ^^A  \newcommand*\hisher{\gm@atppron{his}{her}} 
% ^^A  \newcommand*\himher{\gm@atppron{him}{her}} 
% ^^A  \newcommand*\hishers{\gm@atppron{his}{hers}} 
% ^^A  \newcommand*\HeShe{\gm@atppron{He}{She}} 
% ^^A  \newcommand*\HisHer{\gm@atppron{His}{Her}} 
% ^^A  \newcommand*\HimHer{\gm@atppron{Him}{Her}} 
% ^^A  \newcommand*\HisHers{\gm@atppron{His}{Hers}} 
 
\def\heshe{they}
\def\hisher{their}
\def\himher{them}
\def\hishers{theirs}

\def\HeShe{They}
\def\HisHer{Their}
\def\HimHer{Them}
\def\HisHers{Theirs}

% \division{Improvements to \pk{mwcls} sectioning commands}
%
% That is, `Expe-ri-mente'\footnote{A.\ Berg, \textit{Wozzeck}.} mit MW
% sectioning \& \cs{refstepcounter} to improve \pk{mwcls}'s cooperation
% with \pk{hyperref}. They shouldn't make any harm if another class
% (non-\pk{mwcls}) is loaded.
%
% We |\refstep| sectioning counters even if the sectionings are not
% numbered, because otherwise
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item \pdfTeX\ cried of multiply defined |\label|s,
% \item e.g.\ in a~table of contents the hyperlink
% |<rozdzia\l\ Kwiaty polskie>| linked not to the chapter's heading but
% to the last-before-it change of |\ref|.
% \end{enumerate}

\AtBeginDocument{% because we don't know when exactly \pk{hyperref} is
  % loaded and maybe after this package.
  \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{\newcounter{NoNumSecs}%
    \setcounter{NoNumSecs}{617}% to make |\ref|ing to an unnumbered section
    % visible (and funny?).
    \def\gm@hyperrefstepcounter{\refstepcounter{NoNumSecs}}%
    \pdef\gm@targetheading#1{%
      \hypertarget{#1}{#1}}}% end of then
  {\def\gm@hyperrefstepcounter{}%
    \def\gm@targetheading#1{#1}}% end of else
}% of |\AtBeginDocument|

% Auxiliary macros for the kernel sectioning macro:
\def\gm@dontnumbersectionsoutofmainmatter{%
  \if@mainmatter\else \HeadingNumberedfalse \fi}
\def\gm@clearpagesduetoopenright{%
  \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else \clearpage\fi}

% To avoid |\def|ing of |\mw@sectionxx| if it's undefined, we redefine
% |\def| to gobble the definition and restore the original meaning of
% itself.
%
% Why shouldn't we change the ontological status of |\mw@sectionxx|
% (not define if undefined)? Because some macros (in \pk{gmdocc} e.g.)
% check it to learn whether they are in an \pk{mwcls} or not.
%
% But let's make a~shorthand for this test since we'll use it three
% times in this package and maybe also somewhere else.
% \Define\@ifnotmw
\long\def\@ifnotmw#1#2{\gm@ifundefined{mw@sectionxx}{#1}{#2}}



%^^A \let\gmu@def\def
%^^A \@ifnotmw{%
%^^A   \StoreMacro\gmu@def \def\gmu@def#14#2{\RestoreMacro\gmu@def}}{}
%^^A % I~know it may be of bad taste (to write such a~way \emph{here}) but
%^^A % I~feel so lonely and am in an alien state of mind after 3 hour sleep
%^^A % last night and, worst of all, listening to sir Edward Elgar's flamboyant
%^^A % Symphonies d'Art Nouveau. 
%^^A %
%^^A % A~\emph{decent} person would just wrap the following
%^^A % definition in |\gm@ifundefined|'s Else. But look, the definition is so
%^^A % long and I~feel so lonely etc. So,
%^^A % I~define |\def| (for some people there's nothing sacred) to be
%^^A % a~macro with two parameters, first of which is 
%^^A % delimited by digit 4 (the last token of |\mw@sectionxx|'s parameter
%^^A % string) and the latter is undelimited which means it'll be the body
%^^A % of the definition. Such defined |\def| does nothing else but
%^^A % restores its primitive meaning by the way sending its arguments to
%^^A % the Gobbled Tokens' Paradise. Luckily, |\RestoreMacro| contains
%^^A % |\let| not |\def|.

% The kernel of MW's sectioning commands:
\@ifnotmw{}{%
\def\mw@sectionxx#1#2[#3]#4{%
  \edef\mw@HeadingLevel{\csname #1@level\endcsname
        \space}% space delimits level number!
  \ifHeadingNumbered
      \ifnum \mw@HeadingLevel>\c@secnumdepth \HeadingNumberedfalse \fi
      % \nostanza line below is in |\gm@ifundefined| to make it work in classes
      % other than \pk{mwbk}\nostanza
      \gm@ifundefined{if@mainmatter}{}{\gm@dontnumbersectionsoutofmainmatter}
  \fi
%\begin{verbatim}
%%   \ifHeadingNumbered
%%     \refstepcounter{#1}%
%%     \protected@edef\HeadingNumber{\csname the#1\endcsname\relax}%
%%   \else
%%     \let\HeadingNumber\@empty
%%   \fi
%\end{verbatim}
  \def\HeadingRHeadText{#2}%
  \def\HeadingTOCText{#3}%
  \def\HeadingText{#4}%
  \def\mw@HeadingType{#1}%
  \if\mw@HeadingBreakBefore
    \if@specialpage\else\thispagestyle{closing}\fi
    \gm@ifundefined{if@openright}{}{\gm@clearpagesduetoopenright}%
    \if\mw@HeadingBreakAfter
      \thispagestyle{blank}\else
      \thispagestyle{opening}\fi
       \global\@topnum\z@
  \fi% of |\if\mw@HeadingBreakBefore|
%%
% placement of |\refstep| suggested by me (GM):\nostanza
  \ifHeadingNumbered
    \refstepcounter{#1}%
    \protected@edef\HeadingNumber{\csname the#1\endcsname\relax}%
  \else
    \let\HeadingNumber\@empty
    % ^^A    \gm@hyperrefstepcounter it's nonsense
  \fi% of |\ifHeadingNumbered|
%%
  \if\mw@HeadingRunIn
    \mw@runinheading
  \else
    \if\mw@HeadingWholeWidth
      \if@twocolumn
        \if\mw@HeadingBreakAfter
        \onecolumn
        \mw@normalheading
        \pagebreak\relax
              \if@twoside
                \null
                \thispagestyle{blank}%
                \newpage
              \fi% of |\if@twoside|
        \twocolumn
        \else
          \@topnewpage[\mw@normalheading]%
        \fi% of |\if\mw@HeadingBreakAfter|
      \else
        \mw@normalheading
        \if\mw@HeadingBreakAfter\pagebreak\relax\fi
      \fi% of |\if@twocolumn|
    \else
      \mw@normalheading
      \if\mw@HeadingBreakAfter\pagebreak\relax\fi
    \fi% of |\if\mw@HeadingWholeWidth|
  \fi% of |\if\mw@HeadingRunIn|
  }
%^^A%%% (End of Experimente with MW sectioning.)


%
% \subdivision{An improvement of MW's \cs{SetSectionFormatting}}
%
% A~version of MW's |\SetSectionFormatting| that lets to leave some
% settings unchanged by leaving the respective argument empty (|{}| or
% |[]|).
%
% Notice: If we adjust this command for new version of \acro{MWCLS},
% we should name it |\SetSectionFormatting| and add issuing errors if
% the inner macros are undefined.
%
%\begin{enumargs*}^^B
%\opt the flags, e.g. |breakbefore|, |breakafter|;
%\item the sectioning name, e.g. |chapter|, |part|;
%\item preskip;
%\item heading type;
%\item postskip
%\end{enumargs*}
%

\relaxen\SetSectionFormatting
\newcommand*\SetSectionFormatting[5][\empty]{%
  \ifx\empty#1\relax\else% empty (not |\empty|!) |#1| also launches |\else|.\HideDef
    \def\mw@HeadingRunIn{10}\def\mw@HeadingBreakBefore{10}%
    \def\mw@HeadingBreakAfter{10}\def\mw@HeadingWholeWidth{10}%
    \@ifempty{#1}{}{\mw@processflags#1,\relax}% If |#1| is omitted,
    % the flags are left unchanged. If |#1| is given, even as [], the
    % flags are first cleared and then processed again.
  \fi
  \gm@ifundefined{#2}{\@namedef{#2}{\mw@section{#2}}}{}%
  \mw@secdef{#2}{@preskip} {#3}{2 oblig.}%
  \mw@secdef{#2}{@head}    {#4}{3 oblig.}%
  \mw@secdef{#2}{@postskip}{#5}{4 oblig.}%
  \ifx\empty#1\relax
    \mw@secundef{#2@flags}{1 (optional)}%
  \else\mw@setflags{#2}% \ResumeDef
  \fi}

\def\mw@secdef#1#2#3#4{% ^^B
% \begin{enumargs}
% \item  the heading name,
% \item  the command distincter,
% \item  the meaning,
% \item  the number of argument to error message.
% \end{enumargs}
  \@ifempty{#3}
    {\mw@secundef{#1#2}{#4}}
    {\@namedef{#1#2}{#3}}}

\def\mw@secundef#1#2{%
  \gm@ifundefined{#1}{%
    \ClassError{mwcls/gm}{%
      command \bslash#1  undefined \MessageBreak
      after \bslash SetSectionFormatting!!!\MessageBreak}{%
      Provide the #2 argument of \bslash SetSectionFormatting.}}{}}


% First argument is a~sectioning command (wo.\ the backslash) and second the
% stuff to be added at the beginning of the heading declarations.
\def\addtoheading#1#2{%
    \n@melet{gmu@reserveda}{#1@head}%
    \edef\gmu@reserveda{\unexpanded{#2}\@xa\unexpanded{\gmu@reserveda}}%
    \n@melet{#1@head}{gmu@reserveda}%
%^^A    \@xa\show\csname#1@head\endcsname
}

}% of |\@ifnotmw|'s else.

% \subdivision{Negative \cs{addvspace}} When two sectioning commands
% appear one after another (we may assume that this occurs only when
% a~lower section appears immediately after higher), we prefer to put
% the \emph{smaller} vertical space not the larger, that is, the
% preskip of the lower sectioning not the postskip of the higher.
%
% For that purpose we modify the very inner macros of \acro{MWCLS}
% to introduce a~check whether the previous vertical space equals the
% postskip of the section one level higher.

\@ifnotmw{}{% We proceed only in \acro{MWCLS}.
  
% The information that we are just after a~heading will be stored in
% the |\gmu@prevsec| macro: any heading will define it as the section
% name and |\everypar| (any normal text) will clear it.
\def\@afterheading{%
  \@nobreaktrue
  \xdef\gmu@prevsec{\mw@HeadingType}% added now
  \everypar{%
    \grelaxen\gmu@prevsec% added now. All the rest is original \LaTeX.
    \if@nobreak
    \@nobreakfalse
    \clubpenalty \@M
    \if@afterindent \else
    {\setbox\z@\lastbox}%
    \fi
    \else
    \clubpenalty \@clubpenalty
    \everypar{}%
    \fi}}
  
% If we are (with the current heading) just after another heading (one
% level lower I~suppose), then we add the less of the higher header's
% post-skip and the lower header pre-skip or, if defined, the
% two-header-skip. (We put the macro defined below just before
% |\addvspace| in \pk{mwcls} inner macros.)
\def\gmu@checkaftersec{%
  \gm@ifundefined{gmu@prevsec}{}{%
    \ifgmu@postsec% an additional switch that is true by default but
    % may be turned into an \cs{ifdim} in special
    % cases, see line \ref{gmu@postsec}.
    {\@xa\mw@getflags\@xa{\gmu@prevsec}%
      \glet\gmu@reserveda\mw@HeadingBreakAfter}% \UnDef
    \if\mw@HeadingBreakBefore\def\gmu@reserveda{11}\fi% if the 
    % current heading inserts page break before itself, all the play
    % with vskips is irrelevant.
    \if\gmu@reserveda\else
    \penalty10000\relax
    \skip\z@=\csname\gmu@prevsec @postskip\endcsname\relax
    \skip\tw@=\csname\mw@HeadingType @preskip\endcsname\relax
    \gm@ifundefined{\mw@HeadingType @twoheadskip}{%
      \ifdim\skip\z@>\skip\tw@
      \vskip-\skip\z@% we strip off the post-skip of previous
      % header if it's bigger than current pre-skip
      \else
      \vskip-\skip\tw@% we strip off the current pre-skip otherwise
      \fi}{% But if the two-header-skip is defined, we put
      % \emph{it}
      \penalty10000
      \vskip-\skip\z@
      \penalty10000
      \vskip-\skip\tw@
      \penalty10000
      \vskip\csname\mw@HeadingType @twoheadskip\endcsname
      \relax}%
    \penalty10000
    \hrule height\z@\relax% to hide the last (un)skip before subsequent
    % \incs{addvspace}s. \ilrr
    \penalty10000
    \fi
    \fi
  }% of |\gm@ifundefined{gmu@prevsec}| `else'.
}% of |\def\gmu@checkaftersec|.

\def\ParanoidPostsec{% \label{gmu@postsec} this version of
  % \inverb|\ifgmu@postsec| is intended for the special case of
  % sections may contain no normal text, as while \pk{gmdoc}ing.
  \def\ifgmu@postsec{% note this macro expands to an open \cs{if}.
    \skip\z@=\csname\gmu@prevsec @postskip\endcsname\relax
    \ifdim\lastskip=\skip\z@\relax% we play
    % with the vskips only if the last skip is the previous
    % heading's postskip (a~counter-example I~met while
    % \pk{gmdoc}ing).
  }}
  
\let\ifgmu@postsec\iftrue
  
\def\gmu@getaddvs#1\addvspace#2\gmu@getaddvs{%
  \toks\z@={#1}%
  \toks\tw@={#2}}

% And the modification of the inner macros at last:
\def\gmu@setheading#1{%
  \@xa\gmu@getaddvs#1\gmu@getaddvs
  \edef#1{%
    \the\toks\z@\@nx\gmu@checkaftersec
    \@nx\addvspace\the\toks\tw@}}

\gmu@setheading\mw@normalheading
\gmu@setheading\mw@runinheading

\def\SetTwoheadSkip#1#2{\@namedef{#1@twoheadskip}{#2}}

}% of |\@ifnotmw|'s else.


% \subdivision{My heading setup for \pk{mwcls}}
%
% The setup of heading skips was tested in `real' typesetting, for
% money that is. The skips are designed for 11/13\,pt leading and
% together with my version of \pk{mw11.clo} option file for \pk{mwcls}
% make the headings (except paragraph and subparagraph) consist of
% an integer number of lines. The name of the declaration comes from
% my employer, ``Wiedza Powszechna'' Editions.

\@ifnotmw{}{% We define this declaration only when in \pk{mwcls}.
\DeclareCommand\WPheadings{T{\chapter}}{%
  \SetSectionFormatting[breakbefore,wholewidth]
      {part}{\z@\@plus1fill}{}{\z@\@plus3fill}%
  % 
  \IfValueF{#1}{%
    \gm@ifundefined{chapter}{}{%
      \SetSectionFormatting[breakbefore,wholewidth]
      {chapter}
      {66\p@}% |{67\p@}|% for Adventor/Schola 0,95.
      {\FormatHangHeading{\LARGE}}
      {27\p@\@plus0,2\p@\@minus1\p@}%
    }%
  }% of unless |#1|
  % 
  \SetTwoheadSkip{section}{27\p@\@plus0,5\p@}%
  \SetSectionFormatting{section}
      {24\p@\@plus0,5\p@\@minus5\p@}%  ^^A {24\p@\@plus5\p@\@minus2\p@}
      {\FormatHangHeading {\Large}}
      {10\p@\@plus0,5\p@}% ed.\ Krajewska of ``Wiedza Powszechna'', as
      % we understand her, wants the skip between a~heading and text
      % to be rigid.
  %
  \SetTwoheadSkip{subsection}{11\p@\@plus0,5\p@\@minus1\p@}%
  \SetSectionFormatting{subsection}
      {19\p@\@plus0,4\p@\@minus6\p@}
      {\FormatHangHeading {\large}}% 12/14 pt
      {6\p@\@plus0,3\p@}% after-skip 6\,pt due to p.12, not to squeeze
      % the before-skip too much.
  %
  \SetTwoheadSkip{subsubsection}{10\p@\@plus1,75\p@\@minus1\p@}%
  \SetSectionFormatting{subsubsection}
      {10\p@\@plus0,2\p@\@minus1\p@}
      {\FormatHangHeading {\normalsize}}
      {3\p@\@plus0,1\p@}% those little skips should be smaller than
      % you calculate out of a~geometric progression, because the
      % interline skip enlarges them.
  %
  \SetSectionFormatting[runin]{paragraph}
      {7\p@\@plus0,15\p@\@minus1\p@}
      {\FormatRunInHeading{\normalsize}}
      {2\p@}%
  %
  \SetSectionFormatting[runin]{subparagraph}
      {4\p@\@plus1\p@\@minus0,5\p@}
      {\FormatRunInHeading{\normalsize}}
      {\z@}%
}% of |\WPheadings|
}% of |\@ifnotmw|


% \subdivision{Compatibilising standard and \pk{mwcls} sectionings}
%
% If you use Marcin Woli\nacute ski's document classes (\pk{mwcls}), you
% might have met their little queerness: the sectioning commands take
% two optional arguments instead of standard one. It's reasonable
% since one may wish one text to be put into the running head,
% another to the toc and yet else to the page. But the order of
% optionalities causes an incompatibility with the standard classes:
% MW section's first optional argument goes to the running head not to
% toc and if you've got a~source file written with the standard
% classes in mind and use the first (and only) optional argument, the
% effect with \pk{mwcls} would be different if not error.
%
% Therefore I~counter-assign the commands and arguments to reverse the
% order of optional arguments for sectioning commands when \pk{mwcls}
% are in use and reverse, to make \pk{mwcls}-like sectioning optionals usable
% in the standard classes.
%
% \stanza
% With the following in force, you may both in the standard classes
% and in \pk{mwcls} give a~sectioning command one or two optional
% arguments (and mandatory the last, of course). If you give just one
% optional, it goes to the running head and to toc as in scls (which
% is unlike in \pk{mwcls}). 
% If you give two optionals, the first goes to the running head and
% the other to toc (like in \pk{mwcls} and unlike in scls). 
%
% (In both cases the mandatory last argument goes only to the page.)
%
% What more is unlike in scls, it's that even with them the starred
% versions of sectioning commands allow optionals (but they still send
% them to the Gobbled Tokens' Paradise).
%
% (In \pk{mwcls}, the only difference between starred and non-starred
% sec commands is (not) numbering the titles, both versions make a~contents
% line and a~mark and that's not changed with my redefinitions.)
%
%
\@ifnotmw{% we are not in \pk{mwcls} and want to
  % handle \pk{mwcls}-like sectionings i.e., those written with two
  % optionals.
  \def\gm@secini{gm@la}%
  \StoreMacros{\partmark\chaptermark\sectionmark\subsectionmark\subsubsectionmark\paragraphmark}%
  % \Define\gm@secxx
  \def\gm@secxx#1#2[#3]#4{%
    \ifx\gm@secstar\@empty
    % \nostanza a~little trick to allow
      % a~special version of the heading just to the running head.
      \@namedef{#1mark}##1{% we redefine \cs{\<sec>mark} to gobble its
        % argument and to launch the stored true marking command on the
        % appropriate argument.
        \storedcsname{#1mark}{#2}%
        \RestoreMacro*{#1mark}% after we've done what we
        % wanted we restore original |\#1mark|.\ilrr
      }%
      \def\gm@secstar{[#3]}% if |\gm@secstar|
    % is empty, which means the sectioning command was written
    % starless, we pass the `true' sectioning command |#3| as the
    % optional argument. Otherwise the sectioning command was written
    % with star so the `true' s.c.\ takes no optional.
    \fi
    \@xa\@xa\csname\gm@secini#1\endcsname
    \gm@secstar{#4}}%
% \stanza
}{% we are in \pk{mwcls} and want to reverse MW's optionals order
  % i.e., if there's just one optional, it should go both to toc and to
  % running head.
  \def\gm@secini{gm@mw}%
  % 
  \let\gm@secmarkh\@gobble% in \pk{mwcls} there's no need to make
  % tricks for special version to running headings.
  % \Define\gm@secxx
  \def\gm@secxx#1#2[#3]#4{%
    \@xa\@xa\csname\gm@secini#1\endcsname
    \gm@secstar[#2][#3]{#4}}%
}

\def\gm@sec#1{\@dblarg{\gm@secx{#1}}}
\def\gm@secx#1[#2]{%
  \@ifnextchar[{\gm@secxx{#1}{#2}}{\gm@secxx{#1}{#2}[#2]}}% if
% there's only one optional, we double \emph{it} not the mandatory
% argument.  ^^A}

\def\gm@straightensec#1{% the parameter is for the command's name.
  \gm@ifundefined{#1}{}{% we don't change the ontological status of the
    % command because someone may test it.
    \n@melet{\gm@secini#1}{#1}%
    \@namedef{#1}{%
      \gm@ifstar{\def\gm@secstar{*}\gm@sec{#1}}{%
        \def\gm@secstar{}\gm@sec{#1}}}}%
}%

\let\do\gm@straightensec
\do{part}\do{chapter}\do{section}\do{subsection}\do{subsubsection}
\@ifnotmw{}{\do{paragraph}}% this `straightening' of
% |\paragraph| with the standard \pk{article} caused the `\TeX\
% capacity exceeded' error. Anyway, who on Earth wants paragraph
% titles in toc or running head?
%
%
% \division{\env{enumerate*} and \env{itemize*}}
% We wish the starred version of \env{enumerate} to be just numbered
% paragraphs. But \pk{hyperref} redefines |\item| so we should do it
% a~smart way, to set the \LaTeX's \env{list} parameters that is.
%
% (Marcin Woli\nacute ski in \pk{mwcls} defines those environments slightly
% different: his item labels are indented, mine are not; his
% subsequent paragraphs of an item are not indented, mine are.)
%
% \Define*{enumerate*}
\@namedef{enumerate*}{%
  \ifnum\@enumdepth>\thr@@
    \@toodeep
  \else
    \advance\@enumdepth\@ne
    \edef\@enumctr{enum\romannumeral\the\@enumdepth}%
    \@xa\list\csname label\@enumctr\endcsname{%
      \partopsep\topsep \topsep\z@ \leftmargin\z@ 
      \itemindent\@parindent %|%\advance\itemindent\labelsep|
      \labelwidth\@parindent
      \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
      \listparindent\@parindent
      \usecounter \@enumctr 
      \def\makelabel##1{##1\hfil}}%
  \fi}
\@namedef{endenumerate*}{\endlist}

% \Define*{itemize*}
\@namedef{itemize*}{%
  \ifnum\@itemdepth>\thr@@
    \@toodeep
  \else
    \advance\@itemdepth\@ne
    \edef\@itemitem{labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth}%
    \@xa\list\csname\@itemitem\endcsname{%
      \partopsep\topsep \topsep\z@ \leftmargin\z@ 
      \itemindent\@parindent 
      \labelwidth\@parindent 
      \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
      \listparindent\@parindent
      \def\makelabel##1{##1\hfil }}%
  \fi}
\@namedef{enditemize*}{\endlist}



% \division{The logos}
%
% We'll modify The \LaTeX\ logo now to make it fit better to various
% fonts. 

\let\oldLaTeX\LaTeX
\let\oldLaTeXe\LaTeXe

\pdef\TeX{T\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX\@}
\StoreMacro\TeX
\AtBeginDocument{\RestoreMacro\TeX}

\newcommand*\DeclareLogo[3][\relax]{% \begin{enumargs*}
  % \opt  is for non-\LaTeX\ spelling and will be used in the
  % \acro{PD1} encoding (to make pdf bookmarks);
  % \item is the command, its name will be the PD1 spelling by
  % default,
  % \item is the definition for all the font encodings except PD1.
  % \end{enumargs*}
  % 
  \ifx\relax#1\def\gmu@reserveda{\@xa\@gobble\string#2}%
  \else
    \def\gmu@reserveda{#1}%
  \fi
  \edef\gmu@reserveda{%
    \@nx\DeclareTextCommand\@nx#2{PD1}{\gmu@reserveda}}
  \gmu@reserveda
  \DeclareTextCommandDefault#2{#3}%
  \pdef#2{#3}% added for \XeTeX.
}

% \DeclareDefining\DeclareLogo
\DeclareLogo\LaTeX{%
  {%
    % ^^A\typeout{***** LaTeX logo of GM ^^J}\show\relax
    L%
    \setbox\z@\hbox{\check@mathfonts
      \fontsize\sf@size\z@
      \math@fontsfalse\selectfont
      A}%
    \kern-.57\wd\z@
    \sbox\tw@ T%
    \vbox to\ht\tw@{\copy\z@ \vss}%
    \kern-.2\wd\z@% originally $-,15$\,em for T.
  }%
  {% 
    \ifdim\fontdimen1\font=\z@
    \else
      \count\z@=\fontdimen5\font
      \multiply\count\z@ by 64\relax
      \divide\count\z@ by\p@
      \count\tw@=\fontdimen1\font
      \multiply\count\tw@ by\count\z@
      \divide\count\tw@ by 64\relax
      \divide\count\tw@ by\tw@
      \kern-\the\count\tw@ sp\relax
    \fi}%
  \TeX}

\DeclareLogo\LaTeXe{\mbox{\m@th \if
    b\expandafter\@car\f@series\@nil\boldmath\fi
    \LaTeX\kern.15em2$_{\textstyle\varepsilon}$}}

\StoreMacro\LaTeX
\StoreMacro*{LaTeX }
% \label{SMLaTeX}

% `\LaTeXpar' in my opinion better describes what I~work with/in than
% just `\LaTeX'.
% \Define\LaTeXpar
\DeclareLogo[(La)TeX]{\LaTeXpar}{%
  {%
    \setbox\z@\hbox{(}%)
    \copy\z@
    \kern-.2\wd\z@ L%
    \setbox\z@\hbox{\check@mathfonts
      \fontsize\sf@size\z@
      \math@fontsfalse\selectfont
      A}%
    \kern-.57\wd\z@
    \sbox\tw@ T%
    \vbox to\ht\tw@{\box\z@%
      \vss}%
  }%
  \kern-.07em% originally $-,15$\,em for T.
  {%(
    \sbox\z@)%
    \kern-.2\wd\z@\copy\z@  
    \kern-.2\wd\z@}\TeX
}

% \begin{quotation} Here are a few definitions which can usefully be
% employed when documenting 
% package files: now we can readily refer to \AmSTeX, \BibTeX\ and \SliTeX, as well
% as the usual \TeX\ and \LaTeX. There's even a \PlainTeX\ and
% a~\Web.\end{quotation}
\gm@ifundefined{AmSTeX}
  {\def\AmSTeX{\leavevmode\hbox{$\mathcal A\kern-.2em\lower.376ex%
        \hbox{$\mathcal M$}\kern-.2em\mathcal S$-\TeX}}}{}

\DeclareLogo\BibTeX{{\rmfamily B\kern-.05em%
    \textsc{i{\kern-.025em}b}\kern-.08em% the kern is wrapped in
                                % braces for my |\fakescaps|' sake.
    \TeX}}


\DeclareLogo\SliTeX{{\rmfamily S\kern-.06emL\kern-.18em\raise.32ex\hbox
        {\scshape i}\kern -.03em\TeX}}

\DeclareLogo\PlainTeX{\textsc{Plain}\kern2pt\TeX}

\DeclareLogo\Web{\textsc{Web}}
% There's also the \LaTeXpar\ logo got with the |\LaTeXpar| macro
% provided by \pk{gmutils}. And here \TeXbook's logo:
\DeclareLogo[The TeX book]\TeXbook{\textsl{The \TeX book}}
\let\TB\TeXbook% \textit{TUG Boat} uses this.

\DeclareLogo[e-TeX]\eTeX{%
  \iffontchar\font"03B5{\itshape ε}\else
  \ensuremath{\varepsilon}\fi-\kern-.125em\TeX}% definition sent by Karl
% Berry from \textit{TUG Boat} itself.

\StoreMacro\eTeX

\DeclareLogo[pdfe-TeX]\pdfeTeX{pdf\eTeX}

\DeclareLogo\pdfTeX{pdf\TeX}
\DeclareLogo\pdfLaTeX{pdf\LaTeX}
% \changes{v0.97}{2008/11/22}{added}

\gm@ifundefined{XeTeX}{%
  \DeclareLogo\XeTeX{X\kern-.125em\relax
    \gm@ifundefined{reflectbox}{%
      \lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667em\relax}{%
      \lower.5ex\hbox{\reflectbox{E}}\kern-.1667em\relax}%
    \TeX}}{}

\gm@ifundefined{XeLaTeX}{%
  \DeclareLogo\XeLaTeX{X\kern-.125em\relax
    \gm@ifundefined{reflectbox}{%
      \lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667em\relax}{%
      \lower.5ex\hbox{\reflectbox{E}}\kern-.1667em\relax}%
    \LaTeX}}
% As you see, if \TeX\ doesn't recognise \cs{reflectbox}
% (\pk{graphics} isn't loaded), the first |E| will not be reversed.
% This version of the command is intended for non-\XeTeX\ usage. With
% \XeTeX, you can load the \pk{xltxtra} package (e.g.\ with the
% \pk{gmutils} |\XeTeXthree| declaration) and then the reversed |E|
% you get as the Unicode Latin Letter Reversed E.

\DeclareLogo[LuaTeX]\LuaTeX{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}
% \changes{v0.96}{2008/10/10}{added}

% \division{Expandable turning stuff all into `other'}
% ^^A 
% ^^A % While typesetting a~Unicode file contents with \pk{inputenc} package
% ^^A % I~got a~trouble with some Unicode sequences that expanded to
% ^^A % unexpandable \CSs: they couldn't be used within
% ^^A % |\csname…\endcsname|. My \TeX Guru advised to use |\meaning| to
% ^^A % make all the name `other'. So---here we are.
% ^^A %
% ^^A % Don't use them in |\edef|s, they would expand not quite.
% ^^A % \Define\unex@namedef \Define\unex@nameuse
% ^^A 
% ^^A 

% A shorthand.  Note that it takes an undelimited argument not
% requires \<balanced text>.

\long\def\detoken@xa#1{\detokenize\@xa{#1}}

% The next macro originates from the ancient era when I didn't know
% about \eTeX's |\detokenize|. A try to redefine it to
% |\detokenize\@xa{#1}| resulted in error so (v0.991) I leave it and
% use as is. 
%
% Note however it acts different than |\detoken@xa| for a macro with
% parameters: while |\detoken@xa| produces and ‘extra |}|’ error,
% |\all@other| expands to the detokenised meaning.  \Define\all@other
 \long\def\all@other#1{\@xa\gm@gobmacro\meaning#1}
 
 % The |\gm@gobmacro| macro above is applied to gobble the |\meaning|'s
 % beginning, |long macro:->| all `other' that is. 
 % \Define\gm@gobmacro
 \edef\gmu@tempa{%
   \def\@nx\gm@gobmacro##1\@xa\@gobble\string\macro:##2->{}}
 \gmu@tempa


% \division{Brave New World of  \XeTeX}

\def\@ifXeTeX{% two-argument command
  \ifdefined\XeTeXversion
  \unless\ifx\XeTeXversion\relax\afterfifi\@firstoftwo\else\afterfifi\@secondoftwo\fi
  \else\afterfi\@secondoftwo\fi}

\def\XeTeXifprefix{% to be used as prefix to an |\if›…| test.
  \@ifXeTeX{}{\unless}}

\DeclareCommand\XeTeXthree{o}{% \
  % \changes{v0.90}{2008/8/4}{adjusted
  %   to the redefinition of
  %   \cs{verb} in \pk{xlxtra} 2008/07/29}
  \@ifXeTeX{%
    \IfValueT{#1}{\PassOptionsToPackage{#1}{fontspec}}%
    \@ifpackageloaded{gmverb}{\StoreMacro\verb}{}% 
    \RequirePackage{xltxtra}% since v 0.4 (2008/07/29) this package
    % redefines |\verb| and \env{verbatim*},
    % and quite elegantly provides an option
    % to suppress the redefinitions, but
    % unfortunately that option excludes also
    % a~nice definition of |\xxt@visiblespace|
    % which I~fancy.
    \@ifpackageloaded{gmverb}{\RestoreMacro\verb}{}% 
    \AtBeginDocument{%
      \RestoreMacro\LaTeX\RestoreMacro*{LaTeX }% my version of the
      % \LaTeX\ logo has been stored just
      % after defining, in line \ref{SMLaTeX}. \ilrr
      \RestoreMacro\eTeX}%
    % \stanza
    \pdef\adddefaultfontfeatures##1{%
      \addtomacro\zf@default@options{#1,}}
  }% of |\@ifXeTeX|'s first argument,
  {}% |\@ifXeTeX|'s second argument,
}% of |\XeTeXthree|'s body.


% \indent The |\udigits| declaration causes the digits to be typeset
% uppercase. I~provide it since by default I~prefer the lowercase
% (nautical) digits.
\AtBeginDocument{%
  \@ifpackageloaded{fontspec}{%
    \pdef\udigits{%
      \addfontfeature{Numbers=Uppercase}}%
  }{%
    \emptify\udigits}}


% \subdivision{Fractions}

\def\Xedekfracc{\gm@ifstar\gmu@xedekfraccstar\gmu@xedekfraccplain}
    % (plain) The starless version turns the font feature |frac| on. 
    % 
    % (\*) But nor my modification of Minion Pro neither \TeX\ Gyre
    % Pagella doesn't feature the
    % |frac| font feature properly so, with the starred version of the
    % declaration we use the characters from the font where available
    % (see the |\@namedef|s below) and the |numr| and |dnom| features
    % with the fractional slash otherwise (via |\gmu@dekfracc|).
    % 
    % (\*\*) But Latin Modern Sans Serif Quotation doesn't support the
    % numerator and denominator positions so we provide the double
    % star version for it, which takes the char from font if it exist
    % and typesets with lowers and kerns otherwise.
    
\def\gmu@xedekfraccstar{%
  \def\gmu@xefraccdef##1##2{%
      \iffontchar\font ##2
        \@namedef{gmu@xefracc##1}{\char##2 }%
      \else
        \n@melet{gmu@xefracc##1}{relax}%
      \fi}%
    % 
    \def\gmu@dekfracc##1/##2{%
      {\addfontfeature{VerticalPosition=Numerator}##1}\gmu@numeratorkern
      \char"2044 \gmu@denominatorkern
      {\addfontfeature{VerticalPosition=Denominator}##2}}%
    % 
    % We define the fractional macros. Since Adobe Minion Pro doesn't
    % contain $\frac n5$ nor $\frac n6$, we don't provide them here.
    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/4}{"BC}%
    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/2}{"BD}%
    \gmu@xefraccdef{3/4}{"BE}%
    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/3}{"2153}%
    \gmu@xefraccdef{2/3}{"2154}%
    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/5}{"2155}%
    \gmu@xefraccdef{2/5}{"2156}%
    \gmu@xefraccdef{3/5}{"2157}%
    \gmu@xefraccdef{4/5}{"2158}%
    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/6}{"2159}%
    \gmu@xefraccdef{5/6}{"215A}%
    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/8}{"215B}%
    \gmu@xefraccdef{3/8}{"215C}%
    \gmu@xefraccdef{5/8}{"215D}%
    \gmu@xefraccdef{7/8}{"215E}%
    \pdef\dekfracc@args##1/##2{%
      \gm@ifundefined{gmu@xefracc\detokenize{##1/##2}}{%
        \gmu@dekfracc{##1}/{##2}}{%
        \csname gmu@xefracc\detokenize{##1/##2}\endcsname}%
      \if@gmu@mmhbox\egroup\fi
    }% of |\dekfracc@args|.
    \gm@ifstar{\let\gmu@dekfracc\gmu@dekfraccsimple}{}%
  }

\def\gmu@xedekfraccplain{% `else' of the main |\gm@ifstar|
    \pdef\dekfracc@args##1/##2{%
      \ifmmode\hbox\fi{%
        \addfontfeature{Fractions=On}%
        ##1/##2}%
      \if@gmu@mmhbox\egroup\fi
    }% of |\dekfracc@args|
  }

\newif\if@gmu@mmhbox% we'll use this switch for |\dekfracc| and also
% for |\thous| (hacky thousand separator).

\pdef\dekfracc{% \changes{v0.94}{2008/09/14}{made to work also in math
               % mode, even with math-active digits}
  \ifmmode\hbox\bgroup\@gmu@mmhboxtrue\fi
  \dekfracc@args}


\def\gmu@numeratorkern{\kern-.055em\relax}
\def\gmu@denominatorkern{\kern-.05em\relax}


% What have we just done? We defined two versions of the
% |\Xefractions| declaration. The starred version is intended to make
% use only of the built-in fractions such as \dekfracc1/2 or
% \dekfracc7/8. To achieve that, a~handful of macros is defined that
% expand to the Unicodes of built-in fractions and |\dekfracc| command
% is defined to use them.
%
% The unstarred version makes use of the Fraction font feature and
% therefore is much simpler.
%
% Note that in the first argument of |\gm@ifstar| we wrote 8 (eight)
% |#|s to get the correct definition and in the second argument `only'
% 4. (The \LaTeXe\ Source claims that that is changed in the `new
% implementation' of |\gm@ifstar| so maybe it's subject to change.)

% A~simpler version of |\dekfracc| is provided in line \ref{2292}.

% \subdivision{\cs{resizegraphics}}

\pdef\resizegraphics#1#2#3{% % \changes{v0.94}{2008/10/4}{\cs{includegraphics}
  % works well in \XeTeX\ so I~remove the complicated version
  % with \cs{XeTeXpicfile}}
  % 2009/11/17 works bad with a file whose name contains spaces so I
  % return \cmd\XeTeXpicfile
  \resizebox{#1}{#2}{%
    \edef\gmu@tempa{\@nx\csname XeTeX\@nx\@ifendswithpdf{%
        \@xa\string\csname#3\endcsname}{pdf}{pic}file\@nx\endcsname}%
    \gmu@tempa "#3"\relax}}

\edef\gmu@tempa{%
  \def\@nx\@ifendswithpdf##1{%
    \unexpanded{%
      \ifnum
      \if\relax\gmu@pdfdetector}##1%
    \detokenize{pdf}\unexpanded{\relax0\else1\fi}% we expand to 1 if
    % \inhash1 ends with lowercase ‘pdf’ of cat. 12
    \unexpanded{\if\relax\gmu@PDFdetector}##1%
    \detokenize{PDF}\unexpanded{\relax0\else1\fi}% we expand to 1 if
    % \inhash1 ends with uppercase ‘PDF’ of cat. 12
    >0 
    \unexpanded{\@xa\@firstoftwo\else\@xa\@secondoftwo\fi}%
  }% of |\@ifendswithpdf|
  %
  % \stanza
  % 
  \def\@nx\gmu@pdfdetector##1\detokenize{pdf}{}%
  \def\@nx\gmu@PDFdetector##1\detokenize{PDF}{}%
}\gmu@tempa


\pdef\textsuperscript@@#1{%
  \@textsuperscript{\selectfont#1}}%
\def\@textsuperscript#1{%
  {\m@th\ensuremath{^{\mbox{\fontsize\sf@size\z@#1}}}}}

\let\textsuperscript@@\textsuperscript

\def\GMtextsuperscript{%
  \@ifXeTeX{%
    \DeclareCommand\textsuperscript{sm}{%
      \IfValueTF{##1}{\textsuperscript@@{##2}}%
      {%
        \begingroup
        \addfontfeature{VerticalPosition=Numerator}##2%
        \endgroup}}%
  }{\truetextsuperscript}}

\def\truetextsuperscript{%
  \let\textsuperscript\textsuperscript@@
}

%^^A %\subdivision{Proper loading of \pk{tikz}}
%^^A \def\xetikz{\def\pgfsysdriver{pgfsys-dvipdfm.def}%
%^^A   \usepackage{tikz}}

% \subdivision{Settings for mathematics in main font} I~used these
% terrible macros while typesetting E.~Szarzyński's \textit{Letters}
% in 2008. The \TextUsage\gmath\ declaration introduces math-active
% digits and binary operators and redefines Greek letters and parentheses, the
% \TextUsage\garamath\ declaration redefines the quantifiers and is
% more Garamond Premier Pro-specific.

% So, when you set default fonts (in the preamble), put
% \TextUsage\gmath\ to set what possible from them to math. This sets
% the |normal| math version. If you want to use another set of fonts
% elsewhere in your document and have according math for them, set
% them ‘for a~while’ in the preamble and in their scope declare
% |\gmath⁄arg[version]|. Then put |\mathversion{normal}| right after
% |\begin{document}| and |\gmath[⁄<version>]| where you want those
% other fonts. 
%
%  |\gmath| takes second optional argument, in parentheses,
% which should be (sth.\ that expands to) a |\fontspec| font selecting
% command. A font selected by this command will be declared and used
% when some char in basic font is missing and only else the default
% math font will be left for such a char.
%
% So, \[|\gmath⁄arg[version](rescue font«(spec-ification)»)|\]
%
% Note that |\gmath| without first optional argument has always to
% come first because otherwise it overwrite settings of your math
% version. 

\def\gmu@getfontstring{%
  \xdef\gmu@fontstring{%
    \gmu@fontstring@}}

\def\gmu@fontstring@{%
  \@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@fontstring@@\@xa\meaning\the\font\@@nil}

 %^^A \edef\gmu@tempa{%
 %^^A   \def\@nx\gmu@fontstring@@
 %^^A   \detokenize{select font }##1\@nx\@@nil
 %^^A   {##1}%
 %^^A }\gmu@tempa

\def\gmu@fontstring@@#1"#2"#3\@@nil{"#2"}

\def\gmu@getfontscale#1Scale#2=#3,{%
  \ifx\gmu@getfontscale#3\else
    \def\gmu@tempa{MatchLowercase}%
    \def\gmu@tempb{#3}%
    \ifx\gmu@tempa\gmu@tempb
      \gmu@calc@scale{5}%
      \@xa\@firstoftwo
    \else
      \def\gmu@tempa{MatchUppercase}%
      \ifx\gmu@tempa\gmu@tempb
        \gmu@calc@scale{8}%
        \afterfifi\@firstoftwo
        \else\afterfifi\@secondoftwo
      \fi
    \fi
    {\xdef\gmu@fontscalebr{[\gmu@fontscale] }}%
    {\xdef\gmu@fontscalebr{[#3] }}%
    \afterfi\gmu@getfontscale
  \fi
}


\def\gmu@getfontdata#1{%
  \global\emptify\gmu@fontscalebr
  \begingroup
  #1%
  %^^A\typeout{@@@@ \@xa\meaning\the\font}%
  \@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@getfontscale
  \csname zf@family@options\f@family\endcsname
  ,Scale=\gmu@getfontscale,%
  \gmu@getfontstring
  \xdef\gmu@theskewchar{\the\skewchar\font}%
  \endgroup}
  

\def\gmu@stripchar#1"{"}

\DeclareCommand\gmath@getfamnum{C{\gmath@fam}}{%
  \edef\gmath@famnum{\@xa\gmu@stripchar\meaning#1}%
}

%\incs{XeTeXmathcode}\<char slot> \arg[=] \<type> \<family> \<char slot>

\DeclareCommand\gmathFams{o  % the name of math version
  C{\NoValue} % ‘rescue’ font. Will be accessible via
  % \inverb|\symgmathRoman⁄<version>| (math family) and
  % \inverb|\gmath@fontt⁄<version>| (font).
}{%
  %^^A\AtBeginDocument{\setbox0=\hbox{$\showthe\textfont0 $}}%
  \IfValueT{#1}{%
    \DeclareMathVersion{#1}% this sets the defaults so no need to
    % define them explicitly
    % ^^A     \SetSymbolFont{operators}{#1}{OT1}{qpl}{m}{n}%
    % ^^A     %^^A\SetSymbolFont{letters}  {#1}{OML}{qpxmi} {m}{it}%
    % ^^A     \SetSymbolFont{symbols}{#1}{OMS}{pxsy}{m}{n}%
    % ^^A     \SetSymbolFont{largesymbols}{#1}{OMX}{pxex}{m}{n}%
    }% of if |#1| given
  % 
  \gmu@getfontdata{\rmfamily\itshape}%
  % 
  \edef\gmu@tempa{%
    \IfValueTF{#1}{\@nx\SetSymbolFont{letters}{#1}}%
    {\@nx\DeclareSymbolFont{letters}}%
    {\encodingdefault}{gmathit\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{it}%
    \IfValueT{#1}{%
      \@nx\DeclareSymbolFont{letters#1}%
      {\encodingdefault}{gmathit\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{it}%
      }%
    \@nx\DeclareFontFamily{\encodingdefault}{gmathit\PutIfValue{#1}}{%
      \skewchar\font\gmu@theskewchar\space}%
    \@nx\DeclareFontShape{\encodingdefault}{gmathit\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{it}{%
      <-> \gmu@fontscalebr \gmu@fontstring}{}%
    \IfValueT{#1}{%
      \@nx\SetMathAlphabet\@nx\mathit{#1}{\encodingdefault}{gmathit#1}{m}{it}}%
  }\gmu@tempa
  % 
  \IfValueT{#2}{%
    \gmu@getfontdata{#2\gmu@ifstored{\upshape}{\storedcsname{upshape}}{\upshape}}%
    \edef\gmu@tempa{%
      \@nx\DeclareSymbolFont{gmathRoman\PutIfValue{#1}}%
      {\encodingdefault}{gmathRm\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}%
      \@nx\DeclareFontFamily{\encodingdefault}{gmathRm\PutIfValue{#1}}{%
        \skewchar\font\gmu@theskewchar\space}%
      \@nx\DeclareFontShape{\encodingdefault}{gmathRm\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}{%
        <-> \gmu@fontscalebr \gmu@fontstring}{}%
    }\gmu@tempa
    \@xa\font\csname gmath@fontt\PutIfValue{#1}\endcsname
    =\gmu@fontstring\relax
    % \stanza
    \gmu@getfontdata{#2\gmu@ifstored{\itshape}{\storedcsname{itshape}}{\itshape}}%
    \edef\gmu@tempa{%
      \@nx\DeclareSymbolFont{gmathItalic\PutIfValue{#1}}%
      {\encodingdefault}{gmathIt\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}%
      \@nx\DeclareFontFamily{\encodingdefault}{gmathIt\PutIfValue{#1}}{%
        \skewchar\font\gmu@theskewchar\space}%
      \@nx\DeclareFontShape{\encodingdefault}{gmathIt\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}{%
        <-> \gmu@fontscalebr \gmu@fontstring}{}%
    }\gmu@tempa
  }% of if |#2| given
  % \stanza 
  \gmu@getfontdata{\rmfamily\upshape}%
  \edef\gmu@tempa{%
    \IfValueTF{#1}{\@nx\SetSymbolFont{gmathroman}{#1}}%
    {\@nx\DeclareSymbolFont{gmathroman}}%
    {\encodingdefault}{gmathrm\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}%
    \@nx\DeclareFontFamily{\encodingdefault}{gmathrm\PutIfValue{#1}}{%
      \skewchar\font\gmu@theskewchar\space}%
    \@nx\DeclareFontShape{\encodingdefault}{gmathrm\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}{%
      <-> \gmu@fontscalebr \gmu@fontstring}{}%
    \IfValueT{#1}{%
      \@nx\SetMathAlphabet\@nx\mathrm{#1}{\encodingdefault}{gmathrm#1}{m}{n}}%
  }\gmu@tempa
  % ^^A \typeout{@@@ gmathrm (upright symbols):
  %   ^^A     \meaning\gmu@tempa}%
    \@xa\font\csname gmath@font\PutIfValue{#1}\endcsname
    =\gmu@fontstring\relax
    \gmathfamshook
}

\emptify\gmathfamshook

\DeclareCommand\gmathbase{oC{\NoValue}}{%
  \gmathFams[#1](#2)%
  \DeclareCommand\gmath@do{%
    m % (1) the character or \CS\ to be declared,
    o % (2)  the Unicode to be assigned,
    m % (3) math type (\CS like \cs{mathord} etc.)
    C{\gmath@fam} % font family
  }{%\
    %
    \gmath@getfamnum(##4)%
    \IfValueTF{##2}{%
      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
        = \mathchar@type##3\space
        \gmath@famnum\space
        % ^^A\the\XeTeXcharglyph
        "##2\relax}%
      \if\relax\@nx##1%
        \gmu@ifstored{##1}{}{\StoreMacro##1}%
        \edef\gmu@tempa{%
          \XeTeXmathchardef \@nx##1\gmu@tempa}%
        \else
        \edef\gmu@tempa{%
          \XeTeXmathcode `##1 \gmu@tempa}
        \fi%
      }%
      {% no value of |##2|
        \edef\gmu@tempa{%
          \XeTeXmathcode `##1 =
          \mathchar@type##3\space
          \gmath@famnum\space 
          %^^A \the\XeTeXcharglyph
          `##1\relax}%
      }%
      \gmu@tempa
      % ^^A       \typeout{@@@@ \@nx##1}%
      % ^^A       \typeout{@@@@ \@xa\detokenize\@xa{\gmu@tempa}}%
    }% of \incs{gmath@do}
    % 
    \DeclareCommand\gmath@doif{%
      m        % (1) the Unicode hex of char enquired,
      m      % (2) the char or \CS\ to be declared,
      m      % (3) math type \CS (\cs{mathord} etc.),
      o      % (4) second-choice Unicode (taken if first-choice is absent),
      o      % (5) third-choice Unicode (as above if second-choice is absent from font).
      B{\gmath@fam} % (6) never used in this package. Why?
      C{\NoValue}
    }{%
      \gmu@storeifnotyet{##2}%
      \@xa\let\@xa\gmath@ft\csname
        gmath@font%
        \ifx\gmath@fam##6\else t\fi
        \gmath@version
      \endcsname
      \iffontchar\gmath@ft"##1 \gmath@do##2[##1]##3(##6)%
      \else
        \IfValueTF{##4}{%
          \iffontchar\gmath@ft"##4 \gmath@do##2[##4]##3(##6)%
          \else
            \IfValueTF{##5}{%
              \iffontchar\gmath@ft"##5 \gmath@do##2[##5]##3(##6)%
              \else 
                \gmath@restore{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##7}%
              \fi}%
            {\gmath@restore{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##7}}%
          \fi}%
        {\gmath@restore{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##7}}%
      \fi
    }% of |\gmath@doif|
    % In the command above we try to define math char or a~\CS in the
    % family given as |##6|. If there're no respective chars, we try
    % the same with the family given (as a~word) in |##7|.
    \def\gmath@restore##1##2##3##4##5##6{%
      \IfValueT{##6}%
      {\ifcsname ##6\endcsname
          \edef\gmu@tempa{%
            \unexpanded{\gmath@doif{##1}{##2}{##3}[##4][##5]}%
            {\@xa\@nx\csname##6\endcsname}\relax
          }\gmu@tempa
          \@xa\@gobbletwo % if family |##6| is defined, we gobble the
          % other branch
        \fi
      }%
      \firstofone
      {\if\relax\@nx##2%
          \RestoreMacro##2%
        \fi
      }%
    }%
    % 
\iffalse % doesn't work in a~non-math font.
    \DeclareCommand\gmath@delc{mo}{%\
      % \begin{enumargs*}
      %   \mand the char or \CS\ to be declared,
      % \opt the Unicode (if not the same as the char).
      % \end{enumargs*}
      %
    \gmath@getfamnum
    \IfValueTF{##2}{%
      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
        = \gmath@famnum\space "##2\relax}%
      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
        \XeTeXdelcode `##1 \gmu@tempa}
    }%
    {%
      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
        \XeTeXdelcode `##1 =
        \gmath@famnum\space 
        % ^^A \the\XeTeXcharglyph
        `##1\relax}%
    }%
    \gmu@tempa
    % ^^A     \typeout{@@@@ \@nx##1}%
    % ^^A     \typeout{@@@@ \meaning\gmu@tempa}%
  }% of \incs{gmath@delc}
  % 
  \def\gmath@delcif##1##2{%\
    % \begin{enumargs*}
    %   \mand the Unicode enquired,
    % \item the char to be delcode-declared
    % \end{enumargs*}
    % 
    \iffontchar\gmath@font"##1 \gmath@delc##2[##1]\fi}
\fi% of iffalse
  %
  \def\gmath@delimif##1##2##3{%\
    % \begin{enumargs*}
    % \item the Unicode enquired,
    % \item the \CS\ defined as \cs{XeTeXdelimiter},
    % \item the math type \CS\ (probably \incs{mathopen} or
    %   \incs{mathclose}).
    % \end{enumargs*}
    \iffontchar\gmath@font"##1 
      \gmath@getfamnum
      \protected\edef##2{\@nx\ensuremath{%
          \XeTeXdelimiter \mathchar@type##3\space
          \gmath@famnum\space "##1\relax}}%
    \fi}% of \cs{gmath@delimif}.
  %
  \pdef\rmopname##1##2##3{%
    \mathop {##1\kern \z@ \mathrm{##3}}\csname n##2limits@\endcsname
  }%
  %
  \DeclareCommand\gmu@dogmathbase{oC{\NoValue}}{%
    %^^A\setbox0=\hbox{$\showthe\textfont0 $}%
    \RestoreMacro\mathchar@type%
    % 
    \IfValueT{##1}{\mathversion{##1}}%
    %
    \edef\gmath@version{\PutIfValue{##1}}%
    % ^^A\show\gmath@version
    %
    \@xa\let\@xa\gmath@fam\csname symgmathroman%
    \endcsname
    \edef\gmath@famm{symgmathRoman\gmath@version}% as you see, this is
    % not a~font family (number) but a~macro containing the name: of
    % the secondary (‘rescue’) family.
    %
    \typeout{@@@ gmutils.sty: taking some math chars from the font^^J \gmu@fontstring@}%
    \gmath@do+\mathbin
    \gmath@doif{2212}-\mathbin[2013](\gmath@famm)% minus sign if present or else en dash
    \gmath@do=\mathrel
    \gmath@do0\mathord
    \gmath@do1\mathord
    \gmath@do2\mathord
    \gmath@do3\mathord
    \gmath@do4\mathord
    \gmath@do5\mathord
    \gmath@do6\mathord
    \gmath@do7\mathord
    \gmath@do8\mathord
    \gmath@do9\mathord
    %% 
    \gmath@doif{2264}\le\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
    \let\leq\le
    \let\leeng\le
    \gmath@doif{2265}\ge\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
    \let\geq\ge
    \let\geeng\ge
    \gmath@doif{2A7D}\xleq\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{2A7E}\xgeq\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
    \@ifpackageloaded{polski}{%
      \ifdefined\xleq
      \gmu@storeifnotyet\leq
      \let\leq=\xleq
      \let\le=\leq
      \fi
      \ifdefined\xgeq
      \gmu@storeifnotyet\geq
      \let\geq=\xgeq
      \let\ge=\geq
      \fi}{}%
    % 
    \gmath@do.\mathpunct
    \gmath@do,\mathpunct
    \gmath@do;\mathpunct
    \gmath@do…\mathpunct 
    \gmath@do(\mathopen
%^^A    \gmath@delc(% doesn't work with a~non-math font (I~dunno if
%^^A~it works with a~math font).
    \gmath@do)\mathclose
%^^A    \gmath@delc)%
    \gmath@do[\mathopen
%^^A    \gmath@delc[%
    \gmath@do]\mathclose
%^^A    \gmath@delc]%
    % 
    \gmath@doif{00D7}×\mathbin (\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@do:\mathrel
    \gmath@doif{00B7}·\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{22C6}*\mathbin(\gmath@famm)% % low star
    \gmath@doif{2300}\varnothing\mathord(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{221E}\infty\mathord(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{2248}\approx\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{2260}\neq\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
    \let\ne\neq
    \gmath@doif{00AC}\neg\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{00AC}\nego\mathord(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@do/\mathop
    \gmath@do<\mathrel
%^^A    \gmath@delcif{2329}<%
    \gmath@do>\mathrel
%^^A    \gmath@delcif{232A}>%
    \gmath@doif{2329}\langle\mathopen(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{232A}\rangle\mathclose(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{2202}\partial\mathord(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{00B1}\pm\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{007E}\sim\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{2190}\leftarrow\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{2192}\rightarrow\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{2194}\leftrightarrow\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%% if not present,
    % \incs{gmathfurther} will take care
    % of it if left and right arrows are present.
    \gmath@doif{2191}\uparrow\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%% it should be a~delimiter
    % (declared with \incs{gmath@delimif}) % but in a~non-math
    % font the delimiters don't work (2008/11/19) and I~don't think
    % I'll ever need up- and down- arrows as delimiters.
    \gmath@doif{2193}\downarrow\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
    % 
    \gmath@doif{2208}\in\mathrel[03F5][0454](\gmath@famm)%%
    % As a~fan of modal logics I~allow redefinition of \incs{lozenge}
    % and \incs{square} iff both are in the font. I~don't accept
    % the ‘ballot box’ U+2610.
    \if\iffontchar\gmath@font"25CA 0\else 1\fi
       \iffontchar\gmath@font"25FB 0\else\iffontchar\gmath@font"25A1 0\else 2\fi\fi
      \gmath@do\lozenge[25CA]\mathord
      \gmath@doif{25FB}\square\mathord[25A1](\gmath@famm)%%  ‘medium white square (modal
      % operator)’ of just ‘white square’. 
    \fi
    \gmath@doif{EB08}\bigcircle\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{2227}\wedge\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{2228}\vee\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
    %
    \gmath@doif{0393}\Gamma\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{0394}\Delta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{0398}\Theta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{039B}\Lambda\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{039E}\Xi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    %^^A~\gmath@doif{039F}\Xi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03A3}\Sigma\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03A5}\Upsilon\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03А6}\Phi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03A8}\Psi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03A9}\Omega\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    % 
    \@xa\let\@xa\gmath@fam\csname symletters\gmath@version%
    \endcsname
    \edef\gmath@famm{symgmathItalic\gmath@version}%
    % 
    \gmath@doif{03B1}\alpha\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03B2}\beta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03B3}\gamma\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03B4}\delta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03F5}\epsilon\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03B5}\varepsilon\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03B6}\zeta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03B7}\eta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03B8}\theta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03D1}\vartheta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03B9}\iota\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03BA}\kappa\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03BB}\lambda\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03BC}\mu\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03BD}\nu\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03BE}\xi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03C0}\pi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03A0}\Pi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03C1}\rho\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03C3}\sigma\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03DA}\varsigma\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%% 03C2?
    \gmath@doif{03C4}\tau\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03C5}\upsilon\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03D5}\phi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03C7}\chi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03C8}\psi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    \gmath@doif{03C9}\omega\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
    %
    \if 1 1%
    \iffontchar\gmath@font"221A
      \fontdimen61\gmath@font=1pt
      \edef\sqrtsign{%
        \XeTeXradical \@xa\gmu@stripchar\meaning\symgmathroman\space "221A\relax}%
    \fi
    \fi% of if 1 1.
    \def\max{\rmopname \relax m{max}}%
    \def\min{\rmopname \relax m{min}}%
    \def\lim{\rmopname \relax m{lim}}%
    \def\sin{\rmopname \relax o{sin}}%
    \def\cos{\rmopname \relax o{cos}}%
    \def\tg{\rmopname \relax o{tg}}%
    \def\ctg{\rmopname \relax o{ctg}}%
    \def\tan{\rmopname \relax o{tan}}%
    \def\ctan{\rmopname \relax o{ctan}}%
  }% of |\gmu@dogmathbase|
  \AtBeginDocument{\gmu@dogmathbase[#1](#2)%
    \let\gmathbase\gmu@dogmathbase
  }% of atbd
    \not@onlypreamble\gmathbase
}% of \cs{gmathbase}

% The |\gmatbase| declaration defines a~couple of gmath defining
% commands and then launches them for the default font at begin
% document and becomes only that launching.

\@onlypreamble\gmathbase
% \nostanza It's a~bit tricky: if \cs{gmathbase} occurs first time in
% a~document inside \env{document} then an error error is raised. But
% if \cs{gmathbase} occurs first time in the preamble, then it removes
% itself from the only-preamble list and redefines itself to be only
% the inner macro of the former itself.

\pdef\gmathfurther{% \HideDef
  % \changes{v0.94}{2008/10/4}{removed definition of
  %   \cs{}\<letter>s and \cs{}\<digit>s}
  % \changes{v0.96}{2008/11/7}{Greek letters completed. Wrapped with
  %   \cs{addtotoks} to allow using in any order with \cs{garamath}
  %   and others}
  % 
  \def\do##1##2##3{\gmu@storeifnotyet##1%
    \def##1{%
      \mathop{\mathchoice{\hbox{%
            \rm
            \edef\gma@tempa{\the\fontdimen8\font}%
            \larger[3]%
            \lower\dimexpr(\fontdimen8\font-\gma@tempa)/2 %
              \hbox{##2}}}{\hbox{%
              \rm
              \edef\gma@tempa{\the\fontdimen8\font}%
              \larger[2]%
              \lower\dimexpr(\fontdimen8\font-\gma@tempa)/2 %
              \hbox{##2}}}%
          {\mathrm{##2}}{\mathrm{##2}}}##3}}%
    \iffontchar\gmath@font"2211    \do\sum{\char"2211}{}\fi%
    \do\forall{\gma@quantifierhook \rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{A}%
      \gmu@forallkerning
    }{\nolimits}%
    \def\gmu@forallkerning{\setbox0=\hbox{A}\setbox2=\hbox{\scriptsize x}%
      \kern\dimexpr\ht2/3*2 -\wd0/2\relax}% to be able to redefine it
    % when the big quantifier is Bauhaus-like.
    \do\exists{\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{\gma@quantifierhook E}}\nolimits%
    % 
    \def\do##1##2##3{\gmu@storeifnotyet##1%
      \def##1{##3{%
          \mathchoice{\hbox{\rm##2}}{\hbox{\rm##2}}%
          {\hbox{\rm\scriptsize##2}}{\hbox{\rm\tiny##2}}}}}%
    %
    \unless\iffontchar\gmath@font"2227
      \do\vee{\rotatebox[origin=c]{90}{<}}\mathbin%
    \fi
    \unless\iffontchar\gmath@font"2228
      \do\wedge{\rotatebox[origin=c]{-90}{<}}\mathbin
    \fi
    %
    \unless\iffontchar\gmath@font"2194
      \if\iffontchar\gmath@font"2190 0\else1\fi
        \iffontchar\gmath@font"2192 0\else2\fi
        \do\leftrightarrow{\char"2190\kern-0,1em \char"2192}\mathrel
        %^^A\typeout{@@@ I fake \string\leftrightarrow}%
    \fi\fi
    % 
    \def\do##1##2##3{\gmu@storeifnotyet##1%
      \def##1####1{##2{\hbox{%
            \rm
            \setbox0=\hbox{####1}%
            \edef\gma@tempa{\the\ht0}%
            \edef\gma@tempb{\the\dp0}%
            ##3%
            \setbox0=\hbox{####1}%
           \lower\dimexpr(\ht0 + \dp0)/2-\dp0 -((\gma@tempa+\gma@tempb)/2-\gma@tempb) %
           \box0}}}}%
   \do\bigl\mathopen\larger
   \do\bigr\mathclose\larger
   \do\Bigl\mathopen\largerr
   \do\Bigr\mathclose\largerr
   \do\biggl\mathopen{\larger[3]}%
   \do\biggr\mathclose{\larger[3]}%
   \do\Biggl\mathopen{\larger[4]}%
   \do\Biggr\mathclose{\larger[4]}%
   % 
   % 
   \addtotoks\everymath{% \changes{v0.96}{2008/11/20}{the
     % \cs{everymath}'s left brace moved here:
     % earlier all the stuff was put into \cs{everymath}}
     \def\do##1##2{\gmu@storeifnotyet##1%
       \def##1{\ifmmode##2{\mathchoice
           {\hbox{\rm\char`##1}}{\hbox{\rm\char`##1}}%
           {\hbox{\rm\scriptsize\char`##1}}{\hbox{\rm\tiny\char`##1}}}%
         \else\char`##1\fi}}%
     % ^^A  \StoreMacros{\{\}}%
     \do\{\mathopen
     \do\}\mathclose
     % 
     \def\={\mathbin{=}}%
     \def\neqb{\mathbin{\neq}}%
     \let\neb\neqb
     \def\do##1{\gmu@storeifnotyet##1%
       \edef\gma@tempa{%
         \def\@xa\@nx\csname \@xa\gobble\string##1r\endcsname{%
           \@nx\mathrel{\@nx##1}}}%
       \gma@tempa}%
     \do\vee \do\wedge \do\neg
     \def\fakern{\mkern-3mu}%
     \thickmuskip=8mu plus 4mu\relax
     % 
     \gma@gmathhook
   }% of |\everymath|.
   \everydisplay\everymath
   \ifdefined\Url
     \ampulexdef\Url{\let\do}\@makeother
     {\everymath{}\let\do\@makeother}% I~don't know why but the
     % \pk{url} package's \incs{url} typesets the argument inside
     % a~math which caused digits not to be typewriter but Roman and
     % lowercase. 
  \fi% of |\ifdefined\Url|.
}% of |\def\gmathfurther|. \ResumeDef

\StoreMacro\mathchar@type

\DeclareCommand\gmath{oC{\NoValue}}{%
  \gmathbase[#1](#2)%
  \gmathfurther
  \IfValueT{#1}{\csname gmathhook#1\endcsname}% this allows adding
  % version-specific stuff (I~first used this for Fell fonts rescued
  % with Garamond Premier)
}

\pdef\gmathscripts{% \changes{v0.96}{2008/11/11}{added}
  \addtotoks\everymath{\catcode`\^=7\relax \catcode`\_=8\relax }%
  \everydisplay\everymath}

\pdef\gmathcats{%
  \addtotoks\everymath{\gmu@septify}%
  \everydisplay\everymath}

\emptify\gma@quantifierhook
\def\quantifierhook#1{%
  \def\gma@quantifierhook{#1}}

\emptify\gma@gmathhook
\def\gmathhook#1{\addtomacro\gma@gmathhook{#1}}


\def\gma@dollar$#1${{\gmath$#1$}}%
\def\gma@bare#1{\gma@dollar$#1$}%
\def\gma@checkbracket{\@ifnextchar\[%^^A\]
  \gma@bracket\gma@bare}
\def\gma@bracket\[#1\]{{\gmath\[#1\]}\@ifnextchar\par{}{\noindent}}
\def\gma{\@ifnextchar$%^^A $
  \gma@dollar\gma@checkbracket}

   %^^A In Beamer presentations it will we defined another way.
   %^^B trial composition
\def\bgcolor{\color{white}}

\DeclareCommand\garamath{%
  O{\rm}% the font command
}{%
  % Before 2009/10/19 all the stuff was added to |\everymath| which
  % didn't work.
  \quantifierhook{\addfontfeature{OpticalSize=800}}%
  % 
  \def\gma@arrowdash{{%
      \setbox0=\hbox{\char"2192}\copy0\kern-0,6\wd0
      \bgcolor\rule[-\dp0]{0,6\wd0}{\dimexpr1,07\ht0+\dp0}\kern-0,6\wd0}}%
  % 
  \def\gma@gmathhook{%
    \def\do####1####2####3{\gmu@storeifnotyet####1%
      \def####1{####3{%
          \mathchoice{\hbox{#1####2}}{\hbox{#1####2}}%
          {\hbox{#1\scriptsize####2}}{\hbox{#1\tiny####2}}}}}%
    \do\mapsto{\rule[0,4ex]{0,1ex}{0,4ex}\kern-0,05em%
      \gma@arrowdash\kern-0,05em\char"2192}\mathrel
    \do\cup{\scshape u}\mathbin
    \do\varnothing{\setbox0=\hbox{\gma@quantifierhook\addfontfeature{Scale=1.272727}0}%
      \setbox2=\hbox{\char"2044}%
      \copy0 \kern-0,5\wd0 \kern-0,5\wd2 \lower0,125\wd0 \copy2
      \kern0,5\wd0\kern-0,5\wd2}{}% of |\varnothing|
    \do\leftarrow{\char"2190\kern-0,05em\gma@arrowdash}\mathrel
    \do\shortleftarrow{\char"2190}\mathrel
    \do\rightarrow{\gma@arrowdash\kern-0,05em\char"2192}\mathrel
    \do\shortrightarrow{\char"2192\relax}\mathrel
    \do\in{\gma@quantifierhook\char"0454}\mathbin
    \do\prec{\gma@quantifierhook
      \rotatebox[origin=c]{-90}{%
        \glyphname{u03A5.a}}}\mathrel % added 2009/9/11
  }% of |\gma@gmathhook|
}% of |\garamath|.




% \subdivision{Minion and Garamond Premier kerning and ligature fixes}

%»Ws« shall not make long »s« because long »s« looks ugly next to »W«.

\def\gmu@tempa{\kern-0,08em\penalty10000\hskip0sp\relax
  s\penalty10000\hskip0sp\relax}

\protected\edef\Vs{V\gmu@tempa}

\protected\edef\Ws{W\gmu@tempa}

\pdef\Wz{W\kern-0,05em\penalty10000\hskip0sp\relax z}



% \subdivision{A~left-slanted font} Or rather a~left Italic \emph{and}
% left slanted font. In both cases we sample the skewness of the
% itshape font of the current family, we reverse it and apply to
% \cs{itshape} in \cs{litshape} and 
% \cs{textlit} and to \cs{sl} in \cs{lsl}. Note
% a~slight asymmetry: \cs{litshape} and \cs{textlit} take the current
% family while \cs{lsl} and \cs{textlsl} the basic Roman family and
% basic (serif) Italic font. Therefore we introduce the \cs{lit}
% declaration for symmetry, that declaration left-slants \cs{it}.
%
% {\leftslanting
% I~introduced them first while typesetting E.~Szarzyński's
% \ty{Letters} to follow his (elaborate) hand-writing and now I copy
% them here when need left Italic for his \ty{Albert Camus' ^^B
% \ty{The Plague}} to avoid using bold font.\par}
%
% Of course it's rather esoteric so I~wrap all that in a~declaration.

\pdef\leftslanting@{%
  \def\litdimen{\strip@pt\fontdimen1\font ex}%
  \def\litcorrection{%
    \ifhmode\null\nobreak\hskip\litdimen\relax\fi}%
  \def\litkern{% note it's to be used inside the left slanted font,
    % unlike \incmd\litcorrection, intended to be used \emph{before}
    % switching to left slant/italic.
    \leavevmode\null
    \kern-\litdimen\relax}%
  \def\dilitkern{\kern\litdimen\litkern}%
  % \stanza
  \pdef\litshape{% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/22}{copied here from
    % E.~Szarzyński's \ty{The Letters}}
    \litcorrection
    \itshape
    \@tempdima=-2\fontdimen1\font
    \advance\leftskip by\strip@pt\fontdimen1\font ex % to assure at
    % least the lowercase letters not to overshoot to the (left)
    % margin. Note this has any effect only if there is a~\incs{par} in
    % the scope.
    \litcorrection
    \edef\gmu@tempa{%
      \@nx\addfontfeature{FakeSlant=\strip@pt\@tempdima}}%^^B 
    % \ilrr when not \incs{edef}ed, it caused an error, which is
    % perfectly understandable. 
    \gmu@tempa}%
  %
  % 
  \pdef\textlit##1{% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/22}{added}
    {\litshape##1}}%
  %
  \pdef\lit{\rm\litshape}%
  %
  % 
  \pdef\lsl{{%
      \litcorrection      
      \it
      % \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/22}{copied here from E.~Szarzyński's \ty{The
      %     Letters}}
      \@tempdima=-\fontdimen1\font
      \litcorrection
      \xdef\gmu@tempa{%
        \@nx\addfontfeature{RawFeature={slant=\strip@pt\@tempdima}}}}%
    \rm  % Note in this declaration we left-slant the basic Roman font
    % not the itshape of the current family.
    \gmu@tempa}%
  %
  % Now we can redefine \cs{em} and \cs{emph} to use left Italic for
  % nested emphasis. In Polish typesetting there is bold in nested
  % emphasis as I~have heard but we don't like bold since it perturbs
  % homogeneous greyness of a~page. So we introduce a~three-cycle
  % instead of two-: Italic, left Italic, upright.
  % 
  \pdef\em{%\changes{v0.93}{2008/08/22}{added}
    \ifdim\fontdimen1\font=\z@  \itshape
    \else
      \ifdim\fontdimen1\font>\z@ \litshape
      \else \upshape
      \fi
    \fi}%
  %
  %
  \pdef\emph##1{% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/22}{added}
    {\em##1}}%
}% of \cs{leftslanting@}.

\pdef\leftslanting{\AtBeginDocument\leftslanting@}

\AtBeginDocument{\let\leftslanting\leftslanting@}


% \subdivision{Fake Old-style Numbers}
%
% While preparing documentation of this package I~faced an \ae ^^A
% sthetic problem of lack of old-style numbers in a~font I~fancy. The
% font is for the sans serif and the digits occur only in the date in
% title so it would be a~pity not too use a~nice font when only one or
% two numbers are needed.

\def\romorzero#1{%
  \ifnum#1=0 zero\else\romannumeral#1 \fi}

\DeclareCommand\fakeonum{%
  o %  fake bold for the digit »2« (for which emboldening improves
  % look),
  >Pm   %  the text to fake old-style numbers in.
  % ^^A  Note it's an optional
  % ^^A   % braced argument so if the next non-space token after
  % ^^A   % \incs{fakeonum} is not left brace, the \inverb|#2|-less version
  % ^^A   % will be executed. It allows one to use this command as an
  % ^^A   % environment. 
}{%\
  % I~tried to use this command as a~declaration but active digits are
  % very uncomfortable, e.g.\ you can't define macros with arguments. 
  % \chgs{2008/12/04 v0.98 added}
  \gmu@if@onum{#2}{%
    \begingroup
    \edef\gmu@tempa{#2}%
    \makeatletter%
    \IfValueT{#1}{%
      \prependtomacro\fake@onum@ii{%
        \begingroup\addfontfeature{FakeBold=#1}}%
      \addtomacro\fake@onum@ii\endgroup
    }%
    \endlinechar\m@ne % to suppress the line end added by
    % |\scantokens|, especially in active |^^M|'s scopes.
    \gmu@dofakeonum
    \@xa\scantokens\@xa{\gmu@tempa}%
    \endgroup
  }% of |\gmu@ifonum| ‘else’.
}% of |\fakeonum|.

\def\gmu@dofakeonum{%
  \def\do##1{%
    \catcode`##1\active
    \scantokens{%
      \@xa\let\@xa##1%
      \csname fake@onum@\@xa\romorzero\string##1\endcsname\empty}}%
  \do0\do1\do2\do3\do4\do5\do6\do7\do8\do9%
}

\def\do#1#2{%
  \@namedef{fake@onum@\romorzero#1}{#2}}

\def\gmu@tempa#1{%
  \do#1{\leavevmode
    \gmu@calculateslant{#1}% uses \incs{gmu@tempa} and
    % \incs{gmu@tempb}, therefore goes first. And defines \incs{gmu@tempd}.
    \gmu@measurewd{#1}% the width of char |#1| is in \incs{gmu@tempa}
    % without kerning and in \incs{gmu@tempb} with kerning.
    %^^A\typeout{@@@@@@ \gmu@tempa}%
    %^^A     {\gmu@tempe
    %  ^^A       \typeout{@@@@@@ \the\fontcharwd\font`#1}%
    %  ^^A     }%
    \edef\gmu@tempc{\the\fontcharht\font`#1}%
    \hbox to \gmu@tempb {%
      \hss\resizebox{\gmu@tempa}%
      {\dimexpr\fontdimen5\font+\gmu@tempc-\fontdimen8\font}%
      {\gmu@tempd#1}\hss}}}

\def\gmu@measurewd#1{% \label{@measurewd}
  \edef\gmu@tempa{\the\fontcharwd\font`#1}%
  \settowidth{\@tempdimb}{% to preserve kerning
    \char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1%
    \char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1%
    \char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1%
    \char`#1\char`#1\char`#1}%
  \edef\gmu@tempb{\the\dimexpr(\@tempdimb-\gmu@tempa)/20}%
}

\gmu@tempa0 % |\fake@onum@zero|
\gmu@tempa1 % |\fake@onum@i|
\gmu@tempa2 % |\fake@onum@ii|

\def\gmu@tempa#1{%
  \do#1{\leavevmode
    \gmu@measurewd{#1}%
    \lower
    \dimexpr\fontdimen8\font-\fontdimen5\font\relax
    \hbox to \gmu@tempb {\hss#1\hss}}%
}

\gmu@tempa3 % |\fake@onum@iii|
\gmu@tempa4 % |\fake@onum@iv|
\gmu@tempa5 % |\fake@onum@v|
\gmu@tempa7 % |\fake@onum@vii|
\gmu@tempa9 % |\fake@onum@ix|

\def\gmu@tempa#1{% to preserve pseudo-kerning in digits sequences.
  \do#1{\leavevmode
  \gmu@measurewd#1%
  \hbox to \gmu@tempb {\hss#1\hss}}}

\gmu@tempa6 % |\fake@onum@vi|
\gmu@tempa8 % |\fake@onum@viii|


\protected\def\gmu@if@onum{%
  \edef\gmu@tempa{\@xa\meaning\the\font}%
  \@xa\@ifinmeaning\detokenize{+onum}\of\gmu@tempa
}
% \nostanza Thus |\gmu@if@onum| becomes a~two-argument command that
% executes its \hash1 if there is |+onum| in current font
% specification or its |#2| if |+onum| is absent.
%
% One could easily generalise |\gmu@if@onum| to |\@if@fontfeature|,
% i.e.\ to a~test for an arbitrary font feature, probably with
% employing that very nice feature specification of \pk{fontspec}, so
% that you could write
% |\IfFontFeature{Numbers=OldStyle}{}{fake old-style digits}|.

\pdef\gmu@getslant{% we define |\gmu@tempa| to the (fake) slant of current font.
  \edef\gmu@tempa{\@xa\meaning\the\font\detokenize{slant=0,}}%
  \edef\gmu@tempb{%
    \def\@nx\gmu@tempb####1%
    \detokenize{slant=}%
    ####2,####3}%
  \gmu@tempb\@@nil{##2}%
  \edef\gmu@tempa{\@xa\gmu@tempb\gmu@tempa\@@nil pt}%
  %^^A~\typeout{@@@@  :::\gmu@tempa:::}%
}

\def\gmu@calculateslant#1{%
  \gmu@getslant
  %^^A~\typeout{@@@@ \the\fontdimen1\font}%
  \edef\gmu@tempa{\the\numexpr\dimexpr\fontdimen1\font + \gmu@tempa}%\
  % \incs{gmu@tempa} bears the number of scaled points of total slant
  % (\inverb|\fontdimen1\font|${}+$\inverb|slant=…| if present) per 1pt
  % of \inhash1.\ilrr
  \edef\gmu@tempa{\the\numexpr \gmu@tempa *
    \numexpr\fontdimen5\font\relax/\numexpr\fontcharht\font`#1
    \relax}%\
  % we scale the total slant of \inverb|#1| by the ratio of original
  % and scaled height of \inverb|#1|.
  \edef\gmu@tempd{%
    \the\dimexpr \gmu@tempa sp  - \fontdimen1\font}%\
  % and we subtract slant-fontdimen from the scaled total slant.
  %^^A\typeout{@@@ \gmu@tempd}%
  \ifdim\gmu@tempd=\z@ \emptify\gmu@tempd
  \else\edef\gmu@tempd{%
    \@nx\addfontfeature{FakeSlant=\strip@pt\dimexpr\gmu@tempd}}%
  \fi}

\DeclareCommand\gmu@cepstnof{O{\gmu@tempa}% a~cs to be |\xdef|ed the
  % font specification,
  s% not used really,
  m% |\fontspec| token or name of feature font (\inverb|Italic|, \inverb|Bold|,
   % \inverb|SmallCaps|, \inverb|BoldItalic| ),
  O{, Scale=MatchLowercase}% \pk{fontspec}  font features (key=val)
}
{% |\gmu@cepstnof|'s body
  \def\gmu@reservedc##1:##2:\@@nil{%
    \ifx:##2:\else RawFeature={\gmu@maybestripcomma##2,,\@@nil} \fi}%
  % \stanza
  \def\gmu@reservedd##1/##2/\@@nil{% to check whether font name
    % contains |/| (which may not be true!)
    \ifx&##2&\@xa\@firstoftwo\else\@xa\@secondoftwo\fi}%
  % \stanza
  \def\gmu@reservede##1:##2:\@@nil{% to check whether the font name
    % contains |:| when it doesn't contain |/|.
    \ifx&##2&\@xa\@firstoftwo\else\@xa\@secondoftwo\fi}%
  % \stanza
  \edef\gmu@reserveda{%
    % now, reserved B parses the font name and features. It uses an
    % auxiliary reserved C because after |/| may be or may not be
    % features specification.
    \@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@reservedd\@xa\meaning\the\font//\@@nil
    {% font name doesn't contain a~slash
      \@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@reservede\@xa\meaning\the\font::\@@nil
      {% nor does it contain a~colon
        \def\@nx\gmu@reservedb\detokenize{select font
          "}####1\detokenize{"}####2\@nx\@@nil{%
          \ifx\fontspec#3%
            \@nx\@nx\@nx\fontspec[\@gobble#4\@empty]{####1}% gobble a~comma
          \else
            #3Font={####1}, #3Features={\@gobble #4\@empty}%
          \fi
        }%
      }%
      {% no slash but there is a~colon
        \def\@nx\gmu@reservedb\detokenize{select font
          "}####1:####2\detokenize{"}####3\@nx\@@nil{%
          \ifx\fontspec#3%
            \@nx\@nx\@nx\fontspec[\@nx\gmu@reservedc####2::\@nx\@@nil#4]{####1}%
          \else
            #3Font={####1}, #3Features={\@nx\gmu@reservedc####2::\@nx\@@nil#4}%
          \fi
        }%
      }%
    }% of ‘no slash’ case
    {% font name contains a~slash
      \def\@nx\gmu@reservedb\detokenize{select font
        "}####1/####2\detokenize{"}####3\@nx\@@nil{%
        \ifx\fontspec#3%
          \@nx\@nx\@nx\fontspec[\@nx\gmu@reservedc####2::\@nx\@@nil#4]{####1}%
        \else
          #3Font={####1}, #3Features={\@nx\gmu@reservedc####2::\@nx\@@nil#4}%
        \fi
      }% of |\gmu@reservedb|
    }% of ‘slash present’ case
  }\gmu@reserveda
  % ^^A\typeout{@@@@@ ›\@xa\meaning\the\font‹}%
  \xdef#1{\@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@reservedb\@xa\meaning\the\font\@@nil}%
  % ^^A~\typeout{@@@@@ ›\meaning#1‹}%
}%

\def\gmu@maybestripcomma#1,,#2\@@nil{#1}

\pdef\gmu@setbasefont{\@xa\let\@xa\gmu@basefont\the\font}

\let\setbasefont\gmu@setbasefont

\DeclareCommand\gmu@calc@scale{%
  O{1}% a~factor,
  m% number of the fontdimen
  }
{\begingroup
  % ^^A~\setlength\@tempdima{\fontdimen#1\font}%
  % ^^A~\setlength\@tempdimb{\fontdimen#1\zf@basefont}%
  % ^^A~\setlength\@tempdimc{1pt*\ratio{\@tempdima}{\@tempdimb}}%
  % We ‘descale’ the current font:\nostanza
  \gmu@cepstnof\fontspec[, Scale=1]\gmu@tempa
  \@xa\let\@xa\gmu@currfont@descaled\the\font
  \gmu@basefont
  % ^^A\typeout{@@@@ \meaning\gmu@basefont}%
  \gmu@cepstnof\fontspec[, Scale=1]\gmu@tempa
  % \nostanza now also the base font is descaled.
  \xdef\gmu@fontscale{%
    \strip@pt
    % ^^A\@tempdimc
    \dimexpr  1pt *
     \numexpr\dimexpr#1\fontdimen#2\font\relax\relax /
    \numexpr\fontdimen#2\gmu@currfont@descaled\relax 
    \relax}%
  % ^^A    \zf@PackageInfo{\zf@fontname\space scale = \zf@scale}%
  \endgroup}


%\division{Varia}
%

% A~very neat macro provided by \pk{doc}. I~copy it
% \texttilde|verbatim|.
\def\gmu@tilde{%
  \leavevmode\lower.8ex\hbox{$\,\widetilde{\mbox{ }}\,$}}
% Originally there was just |\ | instead of |\mbox{ }| but some
% commands of ours do redefine |\ |.
%^^A\pdef\*{\gmu@tilde}
% \changes[\*]{v0.97}{2008/11/29}{ removed (it was a~text tilde,
% available as \cmd\texttilde)}
\AtBeginDocument{% to bypass redefinition of |\~| as a~text command
  % with various encodings
  \pdef\texttilde{% 
    % \changes{v0.83}{2007/08/22}{postponed to
    %   \cs{begin\{document\}} to avoid overwriting by a~text command
    %   and
    %   made sensible to a~subsequent
    %   /} % \changes{v0.86}{2007/12/11}{renamed from \cmd\~
    % since the latter is one of \LaTeX's\ accents}
    \@ifnextchar/{\gmu@tilde\kern-0,1667em\relax}\gmu@tilde}}
% We prepare the proper kerning for ``\texttilde/''.

% The standard |\obeyspaces| declaration just changes the space's
% |\catcode| to \catactive\ (`active'). Usually it is fairly enough
% because no one `normal' redefines the active space. But we are
% \emph{not} normal and we do \emph{not} do usual things and therefore
% we want a~declaration that not only will |\active|ate the space but
% also will (re)define it as the |\ | primitive. So define
% |\gmobeyspaces| that obeys this requirement.
% 
% (This definition is repeated in \pk{gmverb}.)
\foone{\catcode`\ \active}%
{\def\gmobeyspaces{\let \ \catcode`\ \active}}

% While typesetting poetry, I~was surprised that sth.\ didn't work. The
% reason was that original |\obeylines| does |\let| not |\def|, so I~give
% the latter possibility.
% \Define\defobeylines
% \changes{v0.62}{06/09/07}{moved from \pk{pmlectionis.cls}}
\foone{\catcode`\^^M\active}% the comment signs here are crucial.
{\def\defobeylines{\catcode`\^^M=13 \def^^M{\par}}}

% Another thing I~dislike in \LaTeX\ yet is doing special things for
% |\…skip|'s, 'cause I~like the Knuthian simplicity. So I~sort of
% restore Knuthian meanings:
% \changes{v0.63}{06/9/8}{Plain-like skip macros
% defined: \cs{dek›(small⁄|med⁄|big›)skip} i.e., moved here from
% another file}

\def\deksmallskip{\vskip\smallskipamount}
\def\undeksmallskip{\vskip-\smallskipamount}
\def\dekmedbigskip{\vskip\glueexpr \medskipamount+\smallskipamount}
\def\dekmedskip{\vskip\medskipamount}
\def\dekbigskip{\vskip\bigskipamount}


\def\hfillneg{\hskip 0pt plus -1fill\relax}
% \changes{v0.80}{2007/04/28}{added}


% A~mark for the \TODO{}s:
\newcommand*{\TODO}[1][]{{%
    \sffamily\bfseries\huge TO-DO!\if\relax#1\relax\else\space\fi#1}}
% \changes{v0.64}{06/9/17}{moved here from \pk{pmlectionis}}

% \skiplines
% The code contained in this |\skiplines| I~wrote to make the table of
% contents two-column. The first difficulties led me to making the
% writes immediate at begin and end document but this also worked bad
% in a~special situation, namely, when a~contents line was added on
% the last page of the document. So for now I~give this way up and
% brutally redefine the internal \LaTeX\ macro.
%
% % A~trick for making |\protected@write| immediate. What's a~use of it?
% % See the next macro.
% % Define\MakeWriteImmediate
% % CodeDefIndex\@@write
% % changes{v0.65}{06/9/26}{added}
% \newcommand*\MakeWriteImmediate{%
%   \let\@@write\write
%   \def\write{\immediate\@@write}}
%
% % First I~used it for closing of \env{multicols} in the \file{.toc}
% % file. Second time to make \emph{two} tables of contents containing
% % two different parts of the document
% % Define\ImmediateAddtoConts
% % changes{v0.65}{06/9/26}{added}
% \newcommand\ImmediateAddtoConts[2]{{%
%     \MakeWriteImmediate
%     \addtocontents{#1}{#2}%
% }}
% \endskiplines

% I~like two-column tables of contents. First I~tried to provide them by
% writing |\begin{multicols}{2}| and |\end{multicols}| out to the
% \file{.toc} file but it worked wrong in some cases. So I~redefine the
% internal \LaTeX\ macro instead.
\newcommand*\twocoltoc{%
  \RequirePackage{multicol}%
  \def\@starttoc##1{%
    \begin{multicols}{2}\makeatletter\@input {\jobname .##1}%
      \if@filesw \@xa \newwrite \csname tf@##1\endcsname 
        \immediate \openout \csname tf@##1\endcsname \jobname .##1\relax
      \fi 
      \@nobreakfalse\end{multicols}}}

\@onlypreamble\twocoltoc

% The macro given below is taken from the \pk{multicol} package (where
% its name is |\enough@room|). I~put it in this package since I~needed
% it in two totally different works.
\DeclareCommand\enoughpage{%
  Q{+-0123456789}% (optional short version (number of |\baselineskip|s))
  B{2\baselineskip}% (2) optional (formerly mandatory) long version of
  % required room on a page
  >is
  B{} % (3) what if the room is enough
  >isB{\newpage} % (4) what if there's to little room on a page
}{% 
  % \chgs{2009/03/18 v0.98 made \eTeX-ish}
  % \chgs{2009/05/25 v0.98 made ifthenelse-like with ‘then’ and ‘else’
  %   optional default \<nothing> and \cmd\newpage resp.}
  % \chgs{2009/10/21 v0.98 \cmd\par\ removed since to let it be used
  %   for \cmd\pagebreak\ inside a paragraph}
  % ^^A  \par
  \if
  \ifdim\dimexpr\pagegoal-\pagetotal<\dimexpr
  \IfValueTF{#1}{#1\baselineskip}{#2}\relax
   1\else0\fi
   \unless\ifdim\dimexpr\pagegoal-\pagetotal<\z@
    1\else2\fi
    % \nostanza We check both whether space left on page is larger
    % than we check \emph{and} whether it's nonnegative (the latter
    % happens when we are already on the next page). Therefore this
    % test will not work properly for large values of \inhash1 or
    % values close to \incmd\textwidth.
  % ^^A   % \nostanza since 2009/03/18 the test is expandable but
  % ^^A   % I~leave this macro \inverb|\protected| because  user's will to
  % ^^A   % make the test during the (e-)definition of  some macro or while
  % ^^A   % expanding macros as in inserts seems to me not 
  % ^^A   % very likely. \nostanza
    \@xa\@firstoftwo
  \else
    \@xa\@secondoftwo
  \fi
  {#4}{#3}%
}

%^^A % Two shorthands for debugging:
%^^A %\Define\tOnLine\Define\OnAtLine
%^^A \newcommand*\tOnLine{\typeout{\on@line}}
%^^A 
%^^A \let\OnAtLine\on@line

% An equality sign properly spaced:
\pdef\equals{\hunskip${}={}$\ignorespaces}
% And for the \LaTeX's pseudo-code statements:
\pdef\eequals{\hunskip${}=={}$\ignorespaces}

\pdef\·{\hunskip${}·{}$\ignorespaces}


% While typesetting a~\acro{UTF-8} ls-R result I~found a~difficulty that
% follows: \acro{UTF-8} encoding is handled by the \pk{inputenc}
% package. It's O.K. so far. The \acro{UTF-8} sequences are managed using
% active chars. That's O.K. so far. While writing such sequences to
% a~file, the active chars expand. You feel the blues? When the result of
% expansion is read again, it sometimes is again an active char, but
% now it doesn't star a~correct \acro{UTF-8} sequence. 
%
% Because of that I~wanted to `freeze' the active chars so that they
% would be |\write|n to a~file unexpanded. A~very brutal operation is
% done: we look at all 256 chars' catcodes and if we find an active
% one, we |\let| it |\relax|.  As the macro does lots and lots of
% assignments, it shouldn't be used in |\edef|s.
%
% \Define\freeze@actives
% \changes{v0.76}{2007/02/07}{added}

\def\freeze@actives{%
  \count\z@\z@
  % 
  \@whilenum\count\z@<\@cclvi\do{%
    \ifnum\catcode\count\z@=\active
      \uccode`\~=\count\z@
      \uppercase{\let~\relax}%
    \fi
    \advance\count\z@\@ne}}


% A~macro that typesets all 256 chars of given font. It makes use of
% |\@whilenum|. \Define\ShowFont

\newcommand*\ShowFont[1][6]{%
  \begin{multicols}{#1}[The current font (the \f@encoding\ encoding):]
    \parindent\z@
    \count\z@\m@ne
    \@whilenum\count\z@<\@cclv\do{
      \advance\count\z@\@ne
      \ \the\count\z@:~\char\count\z@\par}
  \end{multicols}}


% A~couple of macros for typesetting liturgic texts such as psalmody
% of Liturgia Horarum. I~wrap them into a~declaration since they'll be
% needed not every time.
% \Define\liturgiques
% \changes{v0.76}{07/3/30}{added, or rather moved from \file{Akatyst.tex}}
\newcommand*\liturgiques[1][red]{% Requires the \pk{color} package.
  \gmu@RPfor{xcolor}\color%
  \newcommand*\czerwo{\small\color{#1}}% environment
  \newcommand{\czer}[1]{\leavevmode{\czerwo##1}}% we leave
  % vmode because if we don't, then \env{verse}'s |\everypar| would be
  % executed in a~group and thus its effect lost.
  \StoreMacro\*%
  \def\*{\czer{\storedcsname{*}}}%
  \def\+{\czer{†}}%
  \newcommand*\nieczer[1]{\textcolor{black}{##1}}%
}

% After the next definition you can write
% \cs{gmu@RP}\arg[options]{package}{\CS} to get the package |#2|
% loaded with options |#1| if the \CS |#3| is undefined.
\newcommand*\gmu@RPfor[3][]{% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/30}{renamed from
  % \cs{gmu@RPif} and \#3 changed from a~csname to \CS} 
  \ifx\relax#1\relax\emptify\gmu@resa
  \else \def\gmu@resa{[#1]}%
  \fi
  \@xa\RequirePackage\gmu@resa{#2}}

% Since inside \env{document} we cannot load a~package, we'll redefine
% |\gmu@RPfor| to issue a~request before the error issued by undefined
% \CS. 
%^^A \Define\gmu@RPfor
\AtBeginDocument{%
  \renewcommand*\gmu@RPfor[3][]{%
    \unless\ifdefined#3%
      \@ifpackageloaded{#2}{}{%
        \typeout{^^J! Package `#2' not loaded!!! (\on@line)^^J}}%
    \fi}}


% It's very strange to me but it seems that $\continuum$ is not
% defined in the basic math packages. It is missing at least in the
% \textit{Symbols} book.
\pprovide\continuum{%
  \gmu@RPfor{eufrak}\mathfrak\ensuremath{\mathfrak{c}}}

% And this macro I~saw in the \pk{ltugproc} document class and I~liked
% it.
\def\iteracro{%
  \pdef\acro##1{%
    \begingroup
    \acropresetting
    \gmu@acrospaces##1 \gmu@acrospaces
    \endgroup
  }%
}

\emptify\acropresetting

\iteracro

\def\gmu@acrospaces#1 #2\gmu@acrospaces{%
  \gmu@acroinner#1\gmu@acroinner
  \ifx\relax#2\relax\else
    \space
    \afterfi{\gmu@acrospaces#2\gmu@acrospaces}% when |#2| is nonempty,
    % it is ended with a~space. Adding one
    % more space in this line resulted in
    % an infinite loop, of course.
  \fi}


\def\gmu@acroinner#1{%
  \ifx\gmu@acroinner#1\relax\else
    \ifcat a\@nx#1\relax%
      \ifnum`#1=\uccode`#1%
        {\acrocore{#1}}%
      \else{#1}% tu było |\smallerr|
      \fi
    \else#1%
    \fi
    \afterfi\gmu@acroinner
  \fi}

% We extract the very thing done to the letters to a~macro because we
% need to redefine it in fonts that don't have small caps.
\pdef\acrocore{\smaller % was: |\scshape\lowercase|
}

% Since the fonts I~am currently using do not support required font
% feature, I~skip the following definition. 

\def\IMHO{\acro{IMHO}}
\def\AKA{\acro{AKA}}

\pdef\usc#1{{\addfontfeature{Letters=UppercaseSmallCaps}#1}}

\def\uscacro{\let\acro\usc}

%^^A \newcommand*\qxenc{\fontencoding{QX}\selectfont}
%^^A % The |\copyright| command is unavailable in T1 and U~(unknown)
%^^A % encodings so provide
%^^A \newcommand*\qxcopyright{{\qxenc\copyright}}
%^^A \newcommand*\qxcopyrights{%
%^^A   \let\gmu@copyright\copyright
%^^A   \def\copyright{{\qxenc\gmu@copyright}}}
%^^A 
%^^A \newcommand*\fixcopyright{%
%^^A   \@ifXeTeX{\def\copyright{\char"00A9 }}{\qxcopyrights}}


% Probably the only use of it is loading \pk{gmdocc.cls} `as second
% class'. This command takes first argument optional, options of the
% class, and second mandatory, the class name. I~use it in an article
% about \pk{gmdoc}.
\def\secondclass{%
  \newif\ifSecondClass
  \SecondClasstrue
  \@fileswithoptions\@clsextension}%|[outeroff,gmeometric]{gmdocc}|%
% it's loading \pk{gmdocc.cls} with all the bells and whistles except
% the error message.


% Cf.\ \TeXbook\ ex.\ 11.6.\par
% A~line from \LaTeX:
% \[|% \check@mathfonts\fontsize\sf@size\z@\math@fontsfalse\selectfont|\]
% didn't work as I~would wish: in a~|\footnotesize|'s scope it still
% was |\scriptsize|, so too large.
% \changes{v0.81}{2007/05/13}{moved here from \pk{pmlectionis.cls}}

\def\gmu@dekfraccsimple#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em
  \raise.7ex\hbox{%^^A \udigits
    \gmu@fracfontsetup#1}\gmu@numeratorkern
  \dekfraccslash\gmu@denominatorkern
  %^^A\lower.25ex\hbox
  {%^^A\udigits
    \gmu@fracfontsetup#2}%
  \if@gmu@mmhbox\egroup\fi}

\def\gmu@fracfontsetup{%
  \smaller[3]\addfontfeature{FakeBold=1}}


\def\dekfraccsimple{% \label{2292}
  \let\dekfracc@args\gmu@dekfraccsimple
}
\@ifXeTeX{\def\dekfraccslash{\char"2044 }}
{\def\dekfraccslash{/}} % You can define it as the fraction slash,
% %%%%% \nlpercent|\char"2044 |\ilrr
\dekfraccsimple

% \changes{v0.81}{2007/05/13}{moved here from \pk{pmlectionis.cls}}


% A~macro that  acts like |\,| (thin and unbreakable space) except it
% allows hyphenation afterwards:

\newcommand*\ikern{\,\penalty\@M\hskip\z@skip\relax}
%\changes{v0.82}{2007/07/17}{added}

% And a~macro to forbid hyphenation of the next word:
\pdef\nohy{\leavevmode\kern0sp\relax}
\pdef\yeshy{\leavevmode\penalty\@M\hskip\z@skip}
% In both of the above definitions `0sp' not |\z@| to allow their
% writing to and reading from files where @ is `other'. 




% \subdivision{\cs{include} not only \file{.tex}'s}
% |\include| modified by me below lets you to include files of any
% extension provided that extension in the argument. 
% 
% If you want to |\include| a~non-\file{.tex} file and deal with it
% with |\includeonly|, give the latter command full file name, with
% the extension that is.
%
\def\gmu@getext#1.#2\@@nil{%\UnDef
  \def\gmu@filename{#1}%\UnDef
  \def\gmu@fileext{#2}}

\def\include#1{\relax
  \ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux
  \@latex@error{\string\include\space cannot be nested}\@eha
  \else \@include#1 \fi}

\def\@include#1 {%
  \gmu@getext#1.\@@nil
  % \UnDef
  \ifx\gmu@fileext\empty\def\gmu@fileext{tex}\fi
  \clearpage
  \if@filesw
    \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{\gmu@filename.aux}}%
  \fi
  \@tempswatrue
  \if@partsw
    \@tempswafalse
    \edef\reserved@b{#1}%
    \@for\reserved@a:=\@partlist\do{%
      \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b\@tempswatrue\fi}%
  \fi
  \if@tempswa
    \let\@auxout\@partaux
    \if@filesw
      \immediate\openout\@partaux \gmu@filename.aux
      \immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}%
    \fi
    \@input@{\gmu@filename.\gmu@fileext}%
    \inclasthook
    \clearpage
    \@writeckpt{\gmu@filename}%
    \if@filesw
      \immediate\closeout\@partaux
    \fi
  \else
% If  the file is not included, reset |\@include| |\deadcycles|, so that a
% long list of non-included files 
% does not generate an `Output loop' error.
    \deadcycles\z@
    \@nameuse{cp@\gmu@filename}%
  \fi
  \let\@auxout\@mainaux}


\newcommand\whenonly[3]{%
  \def\gmu@whonly{#1,}%
  \ifx\gmu@whonly\@partlist\afterfi{#2}\else\afterfi{#3}\fi}

% I~assume one usually includes chapters or so so the last page style
% should be closing.
\def\inclasthook{\thispagestyle{closing}}

% \subdivision{Switching on and off parts of one file}
%
% The |\include| facility is very nice only it forces you to split
% your source in many files. Therefore I~provide a~tool analogous to
% |\include| and using the same |\includeonly| mechanism/list to
% switch on and off parts of the same source file.
%
\def\filepart#1{\relax
  \ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux
  \@latex@error{\string\filepart\space cannot be nested}\@eha
  \else\afterfi{\@filepart#1 }\fi}

\def\@filepart#1 {%
  \clearpage
  \edef\gmu@filepartname{#1}% we'll use it later
  \if@filesw
    \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{#1.aux}}%
  \fi
  \@tempswatrue
  \if@partsw
    \@tempswafalse
    \@for\reserved@a:=\@partlist\do{%
      \ifx\reserved@a\gmu@filepartname\@tempswatrue\fi}%
  \fi
  \if@tempswa
    \let\@auxout\@partaux
    \if@filesw
      \immediate\openout\@partaux #1.aux
      \immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}%
    \fi
    \@xa\@firstoftwo
    % \label{spart:iftrue}
  \else
% If  the file is not included, reset |\@include| |\deadcycles|, so that a
% long list of non-included files 
% does not generate an `Output loop' error.
    \deadcycles\z@
    \@nameuse{cp@\gmu@filepartname}%
    \let\@auxout\@mainaux
    \@xa\@secondoftwo
  \fi
  {\iftrue}%
  {\let\endfilepart\fi
    \csname gm@skipped@#1\endcsname
    \def\next{\RestoreMacro\endfilepart
      \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\show\NextBgroup\@gobble}{}}%
    \@xa\next\iffalse}%
}


\DeclareCommand\endfilepart{b}{% Note the argument is  not used really. Maybe later we'll
  % use it for checking of proper matching. Or maybe not.
  \inclasthook
  \clearpage
  \@writeckpt{\gmu@filepartname}%
  \if@filesw
  \immediate\closeout\@partaux
  \fi
  \fi% this |\fi| closes |\Iftrue| put by line \ref{spart:iftrue}.
  \let\@auxout\@mainaux
}

\StoreMacro\endfilepart

\def\nofileparts{%
  \let\filepart\@gobble
  \DeclareCommand\endfilepart{b}{}%
}

% \subdivision{Fix of including when \pk{fontspec} is used}
% The \pk{fontspec} package creates counters for font families. If
% a~\pk{fontspec} command is used in a~part of a~document and then
% such a~part is skipped, an error occurs ‘No counter zf@fam@…
% defined’. Now we fix that by ensuring all the counters are defined
% before they are set.
%
% Note it's a~draft version which doesn't support resetting of one counter
% within another.

\def\includecountfix{%
  \def\@wckptelt##1{%
    \immediate\write\@partaux{%
      \providecounter{##1}% to
      % provide the font counters defined
      % in parts of the document.
      \string\setcounter{##1}{\the\@nameuse{c@##1}}}}%
}

\pdef\providecounter#1{%
  \unless\ifcsname c@#1\endcsname\newcounter{#1}\fi}


% \subdivision{Faked small caps}

\def\gmu@scapLetters#1{%
  \ifx#1\relax\relax\else% two |\relax|es to cover the case of empty |#1|.
    \ifcat a\@nx#1\relax
      \ifnum\the\lccode`#1=`#1\relax
        {\fakescapscore\MakeUppercase{#1}}% not Plain |\uppercase|
                                % because that works bad with \pk{inputenc}.
      \else#1%
      \fi
    \else#1%
    \fi%
    \@xa\gmu@scapLetters
  \fi}%
%
\def\gmu@scapSpaces#1 #2\@@nil{%
  \ifx#1\relax\relax
  \else\gmu@scapLetters#1\relax
  \fi
  \ifx#2\relax\relax
  \else\afterfi{\ \gmu@scapSpaces#2\@@nil}%
  \fi}
%
\def\gmu@scapss#1\@@nil{{\def~{{\nobreakspace}}%
    \gmu@scapSpaces#1 \@@nil}}%|% \def\\{{\newline}}\relax|
% adding redefinition of |\\| caused stack overflow.  Note it
% disallows hyphenation except at |\-|.

\pdef\fakescaps#1{{\gmu@scapss#1\@@nil}}

\let\fakescapscore\gmu@scalematchX

% Experimente z~akcentami patrz no3.tex.
\def\tinycae{{\tiny\AE}}% to use in |\fakescaps[\tiny]{…}|

\RequirePackage{calc}

% wg |\zf@calc@scale| pakietu \pk{fontspec}.

\@ifpackageloaded{fontspec}{%
  \def\gmu@scalar{1.0}%
  \def\zf@scale{}%
  \def\gmu@scalematchX{%
    \begingroup
      \ifx\zf@scale\empty\def\gmu@scalar{1.0}%
      \else\let\gmu@scalar\zf@scale\fi
      \setlength\@tempdima{\fontdimen5\font}% 5---ex height
      \setlength\@tempdimb{\fontdimen8\font}% 8---\XeTeX\ synthesised
      % uppercase height.
      \divide\@tempdimb by1000\relax
      \divide\@tempdima by\@tempdimb
      \setlength{\@tempdima}{\@tempdima*\real{\gmu@scalar}}%
      \gm@ifundefined{fakesc@extrascale}{}{%
        \setlength{\@tempdima}{\@tempdima*\real{\fakesc@extrascale}}}%
      \@tempcnta=\@tempdima
      \divide\@tempcnta by 1000\relax
      \@tempcntb=-1000\relax
      \multiply\@tempcntb by\@tempcnta
      \advance\@tempcntb by\@tempdima
      \xdef\gmu@scscale{\the\@tempcnta.%
        \ifnum\@tempcntb<100 0\fi
        \ifnum\@tempcntb<10 0\fi
        \the\@tempcntb}%^^A{\strip@pt\@tempdimc}%
%^^A      \typeout{**** \gmu@scscale}%
    \endgroup
    \addfontfeature{Scale=\gmu@scscale}%
  }}{\let\gmu@scalematchX\smallerr}

\def\fakescextrascale#1{\def\fakesc@extrascale{#1}}
 

% \subdivision{See above/see below}
% To generate a~phrase as in the header depending of whether the
% respective label is before of after.
\newcommand*\wyzejnizej[1]{%
  \edef\gmu@tempa{\gm@ifundefined{r@#1}{\arabic{page}}{%
      \@xa\@xa\@xa\@secondoftwo\csname r@#1\endcsname}}%
  \ifnum\gmu@tempa<\arabic{page}\relax wy\.zej\fi
  \ifnum\gmu@tempa>\arabic{page}\relax ni\.zej\fi
  \ifnum\gmu@tempa=\arabic{page}\relax \@xa\ignorespaces\fi
}

%\subdivision{\env{luzniej} and \env{napapierki}---environments used\
%  in page breaking for money}
%
% \QueerEOL
% The name of first of them comes from Polish typesetters' phrase
% ``rozbija\cacute\ [sk\l ad] na papierki''---`to broaden [leading] with
% paper scratches'.

\def\napapierkistretch{0,3pt}% It's quite much for 11/13pt leading.

\def\napapierkicore{\advance\baselineskip%
  by 0ptplus\napapierkistretch\relax}


% ^^A % \catcode`\^^D\active \def^^D{\traceon}
% ^^A % \catcode`\^^E\active \def^^E{\traceoff\gmshowlists}
% ^^A \catcode`\^^D=9
% ^^A \catcode`\^^E=9
\DeclareEnvironment{napapierki}{s}{%
  % \chgs{2009/01/05 v0.98 added optional star controlling globalness}
  \par\IfValueT{#1}{\global
  }%
  \napapierkicore}
{%
  \par
  \IfValueT{#1}{\global\baselineskip=1\baselineskip\relax
  }%
}% so that you can use  \inverb|\napapierki*›…\endnapapierki*|
% in interlacing environments.



\newcount\gmu@luzniej

\newcommand*\luzniejcore[1][1]{%
  \advance\gmu@luzniej\@ne% We use this count to check whether we open
  % the environment or just set |\looseness| inside it again.
  \ifnum\gmu@luzniej=\@ne  \multiply\tolerance by 2 \fi
  \looseness=#1\relax}

% After |\begin{luzniej}| we may put the optional argument of
% |\luzniejcore| 
\newenvironment*{luzniej}{\par\luzniejcore}{\par}


% The starred version sets |\looseness| in |\everypar|, which has its advantages
% and disadvantages.\nostanza
\newenvironment*{luzniej*}[1][1]{%
  \multiply\tolerance by 2\relax
  \everypar{\looseness=#1\relax}}{\par}

\newcommand*\nawj{\kern0,1em\relax}% a~kern to be put between
% parentheses and letters with descendants such as $j$ or $y$ in
% certain fonts.
%
% The original |\pauza| of \pk{polski} has the skips rigid (one is
% even a~kern). We make the skips flexible. Moreover, our |\pauza|
% begins with |\ifhmode| to be usable also at the beginning of a~line
% where it  marks a~part of a~dialogue.

\def\pauza@skipcore{\hskip0.2em plus0.1em\relax
  \pauzacore
  \@ifnextchar,{% 2009/11/22 added a special case of a comma following pauza
  }{\hskip.2em plus0.1em\relax\ignorespaces}}%
%
\def\ppauza@skipcore{\unskip\penalty10000\hskip0.2em plus0.1em\relax
          \ppauza@dash\hskip.2em plus0.1em\ignorespaces}
% 

\AtBeginDocument{%
  \pdef\pauza{%
    \ifhmode
      \unskip\penalty10000
      \hskip0.2em plus0.1em\relax
      \pauzacore\hskip.2em plus0.1em\relax\ignorespaces%
    \else
      \pauzadial
    \fi}%
  % 
  % According to \tytul{Instrukcja technologiczna.\ Skład ręczny ^^B
  %   i~maszynowy} the dialogue dash (in Polish) should be followed by
  % a~rigid hskip of \dekfracc1/2\,em.
  \pdef\pauzadial{%
    \leavevmode\pauzacore\penalty10000\hskip0,5em\ignorespaces}
  % 
  % And a~version with no space at the left, to begin a~|\noindent|ed
  % paragraph explaining e.g.\ a~quotation:
  \pdef\lpauza{%
    \leavevmode
    \pauzacore\hskip.2em plus0.1em\ignorespaces}%
  % 
  % We define |\ppauza| as an en dash surrounded with thin stretchable
  % spaces and sticking to the upper line or bare but discretionary
  % depending on the next token being space${}_10$. Of course you'll
  % never get such a~space after a~literal \CS so an explicit |\ppauza|
  % will always result with a~bare discretionary en dash, but if we
  % |\let–\ppauza|…
  % \stanza
   \pdef\ppauza{%
    \ifvmode    \PackageError{gmutils}{%
      command \bslash ppauza (en dash) not intended for vmode.}{%
      Use \bslash ppauza (en dash) only in number and numeral ranges.}%
    \else
      \unskip\discretionary
      {\ppauza@dash}{\ppauza@dash}{\ppauza@dash}%
    \fi}%
}% of at begin document

\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
%
\AtBeginDocument{% to be independent of moment of loading of \pk{polski}.
  \pdef\—{%
    \ifhmode
      \unskip\penalty10000
      \afterfi{%
        \@ifnextspace{\pauza@skipcore}%
        {\@ifnextchar,{\pauza@skipcore}% a special case of comma added 2009/11/22
          {\@ifnextMac{\pauza@skipcore}%
            {\pauzacore\penalty\hyphenpenalty\hskip\z@skip}}}%
      }% of |\afterfi|'s argument
      \else
    % \nostanza According to \tytul{Instrukcja technologiczna.\ Skład ręczny ^^B
    % i~maszynowy} the dialogue dash should be followed by a~rigid
    % hskip of \dekfracc1/2\,em.\nostanza
      \leavevmode\pauzacore\penalty10000\hskip0,5em\ignorespaces
    \fi}%
  % The next command's name consists of letters and therefore it eats
  % any spaces following it, so |\@ifnextspace| would always be
  % false, therefore we don't use it.\nostanza 
  \pdef\–{%
    \ifvmode    \PackageError{gmutils}{%
      command \bslash ppauza (en dash) not intended for vmode.}{%
      Use \bslash ppauza (en dash) only in number and numeral ranges.}%
    \else
      \afterfi{%
        \@ifnextspace{\ppauza@skipcore}{%
          \@ifnextMac\ppauza@skipcore
          {\unskip\discretionary
            {\ppauza@dash}{\ppauza@dash}{\ppauza@dash}}}%
      }%
    \fi
  }%
  % 
  \def\emdash{\char`\—}
}% of at begin document 

\def\longpauza{\def\pauzacore{—}}
\longpauza
\def\shortpauza{% 
  \def\pauzacore{\hbox{–\kern,23em\relax\llap{–}}}}%
\def\ppauza@dash{–}%


\else % not \XeTeX
\def\longpauza{\def\pauzacore{---}}
\longpauza
\def\shortpauza{% 
  \def\pauzacore{--\kern,23em\relax\llap{--}}}%
\def\ppauza@dash{--}%


\fi% of if \XeTeX.



% If you have all the three dashes on your keyboard (as I~do), you may want to use
% them for short instead of |\pauza|, |\ppauza| and |\dywiz|. The
% shortest dash is defined to be smart in math mode and result with
% $-$.
\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
\foone{\catcode`—\active \catcode`–\active \catcode`-\active}{%\label{not@ifundef}
  \def\adashes{\AtBeginDocument\adashes}% because |\pauza|
  % is defined at begin document.
  \AtBeginDocument{\def\adashes{%
      \catcode`—\active \def—{\—}%
      \catcode`–\active \def–{\–}%
      % ^^A        \catcode`-\active \let-\gmu@dywiz
      \addtomacro\dospecials{\do\–\do\—}%
      \addtomacro\@sanitize{\@makeother\–\@makeother\—}%
      \addtomacro\gmu@septify{\do\–13\do\—13\relax}%
}}}
\else
\relaxen\adashes
\fi


% The hyphen shouldn't be active \IMHO\ because it's used in \TeX\
% control such as |\hskip-2pt|. Therefore we provide the |\ahyphen|
% declaration reluctantly, because sometimes we need it and always use
% it with caution. Note that my active hyphen in vertical and math
% modes expands to |-|\catother.

\def\gmu@dywiz{\ifmmode-\else
  \ifvmode-\else\afterfifi\dywiz\fi\fi}%

\foone{\catcode`-\active}{% aktivnyj diefis aktywny dywiz active hyphen
    \def\ahyphen{\let-\gmu@dywiz\catcode`\-\active}}


% To get current time. Works in \eTeX s, including \XeTeX. |\czas|
% typesets \czas\ and |\czas[:]| typesets \czas[:].
\newcommand*\czas[1][.]{%
  \the\numexpr(\time-30)/60\relax#1%
  \@tempcnta=\numexpr\time-(\time-30)/60*60\relax
  \ifnum\@tempcnta<10 0\fi\the\@tempcnta}


\@ifXeTeX{%
  \pdef\textbullet{% \changes{v0.94}{2008/10/3}{the \XeTeX\
    % version enriched with \cs{iffontchar} due to lack of bullets
    % with the default settings reported by Morten H\o{}gholm and Edd Barrett}
    \iffontchar\font"2022 \char"2022 \else\ensuremath{\bullet}\fi}%
  % 
  \pprovide\glyphname#1{% \changes{v0.96}{2008/11/12}{moved here from
    % my private document class}
    \XeTeXglyph \numexpr\XeTeXglyphindex "#1"\relax\relax}% since
                                % \XeTeX\ … \incs{numexpr} is redundant.
}
{\def\textbullet{\ensuremath{\bullet}}}

\newenvironment*{tytulowa}{\newpage}{\par\thispagestyle{empty}\newpage}

% To typeset peoples' names on page 4 (the editorial page):
\def\nazwired{\quad\textsc}




% \subdivision{Typesetting dates in my memoirs}

% A~date in the |YYYY-MM-DD| format we'll transform into  
% `\acro{DD mmmm YYYY}' 
% format or we'll just typeset next two tokens/|{…}| if the
% arguments' string begins with |--|. The latter option is provided to
% preserve compatibility with already used macros and to avoid
% a~starred version of |\thedate| and the same time to be able to turn
% |\datef| off in some cases (for \file{SevSev04.tex}).
\pdef\polskadata{%
  \DeclareCommand\gmu@datefsl{%
    Q{0123456789\bgroup}>iT{/-} % (1) year
    Q{0123456789\bgroup}>iT{/-} % (2) month
    Q{0123456789\bgroup} % (3) day
    T{,} K{##1\gmu@datefsl} % (4, 5) additional stuff after comma
  }{%
      \IfValueF{##2}{\PutIfValue{##3}}%
      \IfValueT{##2}{%
        \@tempcnta=0##3\relax\the\@tempcnta
        \ifcase##2\relax\or\ stycznia\or\ lutego%
        \or\ marca\or\ kwietnia\or\ maja\or\ czerwca\or\ lipca\or\ sierpnia%
        \or\ września\or\ października\or\ listopada\or\ grudnia\else
        {}%
        \fi}%
        \IfValueT{##1}{\space ##1}%
        \PutIfValue{##4}\IfValueT{##5}{ ##5}%
      }% of \incs{gmu@datefsl}.
  }% of |\polskadata|

\polskadata

% For documentation in English:
\pdef\englishdate{%
  \DeclareCommand\gmu@datefsl{%
    Q{0123456789\bgroup}>iT{/-} % (1) year
    Q{0123456789\bgroup}>iT{/-} % (2) month
    Q{0123456789\bgroup} % (3) day
    T{,}  K{##1\gmu@datefsl} % (4, 5) additional stuff after comma
  }{%
    \IfValueF{##2}{\PutIfValue{##3}}%
    \IfValueT{##2}{%
      \ifcase##2\relax\or January\or February%
        \or March\or April\or May\or June\or July\or August%
        \or September\or October\or November\or December\else
        {}%
      \fi}%
    \space
    \@tempcnta=##3\relax\the\@tempcnta,
    \IfValueT{##1}{ ##1}%
    \PutIfValue{##4}\IfValueT{##5}{ ##5}%
  }% of \incs{gmu@datefsl}.
}%



% Dates for memoirs to be able to typeset them also as diaries.
\newif\ifdate
% ^^A|%\newcounter{dateinsection}[section]|
\pdef\bidate#1{%
  \gmu@datefsl#1\gmu@datefsl
}

\pdef\linedate{\gm@ifstar\linedate@@\linedate@}
\pdef\linedate@@#1{\linedate@{--{}{}#1}}
\pdef\linedate@#1{\par
  \linedate@hook{#1}%
  \ifdate\addvspace{\dateskipamount}%
  \possvfil% if we put it before |\addvspace|, the v-space is always added.
  \date@line{\footnotesize\itshape \bidate{#1}}%
  \nopagebreak
  \else%|%\ifnum\arabic{dateinsection}>0\dekbigskip\fi|
    \addvspace{\bigskipamount}\possvfil
  \fi}% end of |\linedate|.
  
\let\linedate@hook\@gobble

\let\dateskipamount\medskipamount
  
\pdef\rdate{\let\date@line\rightline \linedate}
  
  
\def\date@left#1{\par{%
    \raggedright#1%
    \leftskip\z@skip
    % ^^A     \hangindent\z@skip
    % ^^A     \hangafter\z@
    % ^^A     \parshape\z@
    % ^^A~wycinam, bo gryzło się z~floatingfigure.
    \@@par}}%

\pdef\ldate{%\changes{v0.94}{2008/09/06}{\cs{leftline}
  % replaced with \cs{par}…\cs{par} to work well with \pk{floatflt}}
  \let\date@line\date@left
  \linedate}

\newcommand*\runindate[1]{%
  \paragraph{\footnotesize\itshape \gmu@datef#1\gmu@datef}%
  \stepcounter{dateinsection}}
% I'm not quite positive which side I~want the date to be put to so
% let's |let| for now and we'll be able to change it in the very documents.
\let\thedate\ldate


\pdef\zwrobcy#1{\emph{#1}} %ostinato, allegro con moto,
                                %garden party etc., także kompliment

\pdef\tytul#1{\emph{#1}}


% Maszynopis w~świecie justowanym zrobi delikatną
% chorągiewkę. (The \env{maszynopis} environment will make a~delicate
% ragged right if called in a~justified world.)
\newenvironment{maszynopis}[1][]{#1\ttfamily
  \hyphenchar\font=45\relax% this assignment is global for the font.
  \@tempskipa=\glueexpr\rightskip+\leftskip\relax
  \ifdim\gluestretch\@tempskipa=\z@ 
  \tolerance900
  % \nostanza it worked well with tolerance \equals 900.\nostanza
  \advance\rightskip by\z@ plus0,5em\relax\fi
  \fontdimen3\font=\z@% we forbid stretching spaces…\par\nostanza\gmdnoindent
  %|%  \fontdimen4\font=\z@| but allow shrinking them.\nostanza
  \hyphenpenalty0 % not to make \TeX\ nervous: in a~typewriting this
  % marvellous algorithm of hyphenation should be turned off and every
  % line broken at the last allowable point.
  \StoreMacro\pauzacore
  \def\pauzacore{-\rlap{\kern-0,3em-}-}%
}{\par}



\pdef\justified{%
  \leftskip=1\leftskip% to preserve the natural length and discard
  % stretch and shrink.
  \rightskip=1\rightskip
  \parfillskip=1\parfillskip
  \advance\parfillskip by 0sp plus 1fil\relax
  % ^^A~\lastlinefit=700
  \let\\\@normalcr}

% To conform Polish recommendation for typesetting saying that
% a~paragraph's last line leaving less than |\parindent| should be
% stretched to fill the text width:\nostanza
\DeclareCommand\fullpar{%
  T{+-}%
  Q{+-0123456789} % optional looseness (most probably negative)
}{%
  \begingroup
  \IfValueT{#1}{\looseness=#1\IfValueTF{#2}{#2}{1}\relax
    \multiply\tolerance by \tw@
  }%
  \fullparcore
  \par
  \endgroup}

\pdef\fullparcore{%
  \hunskip
  \parfillskip\z@skip}


% To conform Polish recommendation for typesetting that says that the
% last line of a~paragraph has to be 2|\parindent| long at least. The
% idea is to set \cs{parfillskip} naturally rigid and long as
% |\textwidth-2\parindent|, but that causes non-negligible shrinking
% of the
% inter-word spaces so we provide a~declaration to catch the proper
% glue where the parindent is set (e.g.\ in footnotes parindent is 0\,pt) 
\newcommand*\twoparinit{% the name stands for `\emph{last} paragraph
  % line's length \emph{min}imum \emph{two} \incs{parindent}.
  \def\twopar@defts{%
    \hsize-\leftskip-\rightskip-\fontcharwd\font`…}%
  \def\twopar@atleast{2\@parindent}%
  \DeclareCommand\twopar{%
    T{+-}% (1) you can specify loosening the paragraph by one only by
         % typing single |+| and tightening by one by typing single |-|.
    Q{+-0123456789}% (2)
    A{\twopar@atleast}% (3)
    >iT{\cipolagwa}}{%
    \begingroup
    \IfValueT{##1}{%
      \looseness=##1\IfValueTF{##2}{##2}{1}\relax
      \multiply\tolerance by2
    }%
    \twoparcore<##3>%
    \par
    \endgroup
  }% of \incmd\twopar.
  % \stanza
  \ifdefined\XeTeXversion
    \DeclareCommand\twoparcore{%
      A{\twopar@atleast}>iT{\cipolągwa}}{%
      \hunskip % it's \ac{O.K.} it's in a~group, it'll work anyway.
      \edef\gmu@tempa{\the\dimexpr\twopar@defts-##1\relax}%
      \parfillskip=\glueexpr\gmu@tempa minus \gmu@tempa
      \relax% to delimit |\glueexpr|.
      \relax% to delimit the assignment.
    }%
  \else % not \XeTeX---doesn't use |\fontcharwd|.
    \DeclareCommand\twoparcore{%
      A{\twopar@default}>iT{\cipolagwa}}{%
      \hunskip % it's \ac{O.K.} it's in a~group, it'll work anyway.
      {\setbox0=\hbox{\dots}%
        \xdef\gmu@tempa{\the\wd0}}%
      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
        \the\dimexpr\hsize-\leftskip-\rightskip
        -\gmu@tempa-2\@parindent\relax}%
      \parfillskip=\glueexpr\gmu@tempa minus \gmu@tempa
      \relax% to delimit |\glueexpr|.
      \relax% to delimit the assignment.
    }%
  \fi
  % \stanza
  \AtBeginDocument{%
    \unless\ifdefined\@parindent
      \newskip\@parindent
      \@parindent=\parindent
    \fi
    \def\restoreparindent{\parindent\@parindent}%
  }% of \cmd\AtBeginDocument.
}% of \cs{twoparinit}.




% \subdivision{For dati under poems}
% Or explanations under results of \pk{time}.

\DeclareCommand\wherncore{om}{%\
  % \begin{enumargs}
  %   \dc optional value of \incs{hskip} of (left) indent of the parbox. If
  %   absent, parbox is aligned right;
  % \dc text for the datum parbox.
  % \end{enumargs}
  \IfValueTF{#1}{\leftline{%
      \whernfont
      \hskip#1\relax\parbox
      {\dimexpr\textwidth-\leftskip-\rightskip-#1}%
      {#2}% of |\parbox|,
    }% of |\leftline|,
  }% of |ValueT{#1}|.
  {% |ValueF{#1}|:
    \rightline
    {\whernfont
      \whern@parbox{#2}%
    }% of |\rightline|,
    \setprevdepth
  }% of |ValueF{#1}|,
}% of |\wherncore|.


\DeclareCommand\whern@parbox{%
  S{\leftskip\rightskip}% horizontal alignment of resulting box (the
  % side to be ragged)
  O{t} % vertical alignment of parbox
  >is % separator
  O{0,7666\textwidth} % (3) width of parbox
  m % (4) parbox contents
}{%
  % \begin{enumargs}
  %   \dc S the skip of the ragged side,
  %   \dc the |\parbox|'s contents.
  % \end{enumargs}
  \parbox[#2]{#3}{%
    \IfValueTF{#1}{#1}{\leftskip}=0sp plus \textwidth
    \parfillskip0sp\relax
    \let\\\linebreak
    \disobeylines
    \whernfont #4\unskip\strut\endgraf
    \getprevdepth
  }% of |\parbox|,
}% of |\whern@parbox|.
  
\def\whern{%
  \endgraf\nopagebreak
  \gm@ifstar{\wherncore}%
  {\vskip\whernskip\wherncore}}

\let\whernfont\footnotesize

\newskip\whernskip
\whernskip2\baselineskip minus 2\baselineskip\relax

\DeclareCommand\whernup{%
  o % a~vskip before
  >is % separating star (ignored)
  o  % (2) custom width of parbox
  >Pm}{\par
  \IfValueT{#1}{\vskip#1\relax}%
  \leftline{%
    \IfValueTF{#2}{\whern@parbox\rightskip[b][#2]}%
    {\whern@parbox\rightskip[b]}%
    {#3}%
  }%
  \setprevdepth
  \nopagebreak\relax
  \@ifenvir{quote}{\noindent\ignorespaces}{}}



%\subdivision{Thousand separator}

\pdef\thousep#1{% a~macro that'll put the thousand separator between
  % every two three-digit groups.\par\nostanza
  % First we check whether we have at least five digits.
  %\changes{v0.93}{2008/08/23}{added}
  \gmu@thou@fiver#1\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax% we put five
  % \incs{relax}es after the parameter to ensure the string will meet
  % \incs{gmu\+@\+thou\+@\+fi\+ver}'s definition.\ilrr
  \gmu@thou@fiver{#1}{% if more than five digits:
    \emptify\gmu@thou@put
    \relaxen\gmu@thou@o\relaxen\gmu@thou@i\relaxen\gmu@thou@ii
    \@tempcnta\z@
    \gmu@thou@putter#1\gmu@thou@putter
    \gmu@thou@put
  }}

\def\gmu@thou@fiver#1#2#3#4#5\gmu@thou@fiver#6#7{% this macro only
  % checks if the text delimited with itself consists of at least five tokens/braces
  \ifx\relax#5\relax\@xa\@firstoftwo
  \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
  \fi{#6}{#7}}

\def\gmu@thou@putter#1#2{% we are sure to have at least five tokens
  % before the sentinel \incs{gmu@thou@putter}.
  \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
  \@tempcntb\@tempcnta
  \divide\@tempcntb3\relax
  \@tempcnta=\numexpr\@tempcnta-\@tempcntb*3
  \edef\gmu@thou@put{\@xau{\gmu@thou@put}\unexpanded{#1}%
    \ifx\gmu@thou@putter#2\else
      \ifcase\@tempcnta
        \gmu@thou@o\or\gmu@thou@i\or\gmu@thou@ii% all three
        % \CSes are yet  \incs{relax} so we may put them in
        % an \incs{edef} safely.\ilrr
      \fi
    \fi}% of \cs{edef}
  \ifx\gmu@thou@putter#2% if we are at end of the digits…
    \edef\gmu@tempa{%
      \ifcase\@tempcnta
        \gmu@thou@o\or\gmu@thou@i\or\gmu@thou@ii
      \fi}%
    \@xa\let\gmu@tempa\gmu@thousep% … we set the proper \CS…
  \else% or …
    \afterfi{%  iterate.
      \gmu@thou@putter#2}% of \cs{afterfi}
  \fi% of if end of digits.
}% of \cs{gmu@thou@putter}.

\def\gmu@thousep{\,}% in Polish the recommended thousand separator is
% a~thin space.
%
% So you can type |\thousep{7123123123123}| to get
% \thousep{7123123123123}. But what if you want to apply |\thousep| to
% a~count register or a~|\numexpr|? You should write one or two
% |\expandafter|s and |\the|. Let's do it only once for all:

\pdef\xathousep#1{\@xa\thousep\@xa{\the#1}}
% Now write |\xathousep{\numexpr 10*9*8*7*6*120}| to get
% \xathousep{\numexpr 90*8*7*6*120}. 

\def\shortthousep{%
  \DeclareCommand\thous{Q{+-0123456789}}{%
    % we declare it as a command with Q-type argument to allow spaces
    % between digits.
    \ifmmode\hbox\bgroup\@gmu@mmhboxtrue\fi
    \IfValueTF{##1}{% we are given a sequence of digits
      \@tempcnta=##1\relax
      \ifnum\@tempcnta<0 $-$%
        \@tempcnta=-\@tempcnta
      \fi
      \xathousep\@tempcnta
      \if@gmu@mmhbox\egroup
      \else\@xa\spifletter
      \fi
    }%
    {% no bare digits given, then we assume the argument is braced.
      \thousep
    }%
  }% of |\thous|.
}% of |\shortthousep|.
%
% And now write \shortthousep |\thous 3628800| to get \thous 3628800 even with
% a~blank space (beware of the range of \TeX's counts).


% \subdivision{\pk{hyperref}'s \cs{nolinkurl} into \cs{url*}}

\def\urladdstar{%
  \AtBeginDocument{%
    \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{%
      \StoreMacro\url
      \pdef\url{\gm@ifstar{\nolinkurl}{\storedcsname{url}}}%
    }{}}}

\@onlypreamble\urladdstar


% \subdivision{Footnotes suggested by Andrzej Tomaszewski}

\DeclareCommand\ATfootnotes{s}{% \chgs{2008/11/29 v0.98 moved here
  % from my own private macro package to allow the beauty of these
  % footnotes for the general audience} 
  % \stanza
  % We make the footnote mark in the footnote |\scriptsize| not
  % |\scriptscriptsize|.\nostanza
  \IfValueT{#1}% the following setting is suitable for old style
  % numbers in footnote marks, therefore I~place it in the starred
  % version of the command.
  {\prependtomacro\gmu@ATfootnotes{%
      \pdef\@makefnmark{%
        \mbox {\normalfont \textsuperscript {\smaller[3]\@thefnmark }}}%
    }% of prepend,
  }% of |\IfValueT|.
  % 
  \gmu@ATfootnotes
  \gmu@AT@ampulex\maketitle% without \pk{hyperref}
  \ifdefined\HyOrg@maketitle
    \afterfi{\gmu@AT@ampulex\HyOrg@maketitle}% with \pk{hyperref}
  \fi
}

\pdef\gmu@AT@ampulex#1{%
  \ampulexdef#1{\def\@makefnmark}%
  \if@twocolumn
  {\gmu@ATfootnotes\if@twocolumn}% Ampulex redefinition of
  % \incs{maketitle} for the standard classes.
  \ampulexdef#1{\long\def\@makefntext}%
  \if@twocolumn{\gmu@ATfootnotes\if@twocolumn}% Ampulex redefinition
  % of \incs{maketitle} for \pk{mwcls}.
}

\pdef\gmu@ATfootnotes{%
  % And we make the footnote number not be in superscript but on the
  % base line, according to Andrzej Tomaszewski's suggestion on
  % Bacho\TeX\ 2008, and the same size as in the footnote mark.\nostanza
  \long\pdef\@makefntext##1{%
    \ifdefined\@parindent \parindent\@parindent
    \else \parindent 1em\relax
    \fi
    \indent{\ATf@font\scriptsize% ^^A \hphantom{19}\llap
      {\@thefnmark}}%
    \gmu@fnhook
    \enspace\ignorespaces##1}%
}

\let\ATf@font\normalfont

\emptify\gmu@fnhook

\pdef\rrthis{% ‘rag right this’: make only the current paragraph
  % ragged right (e.g.\ if the paragraph consists of a~long \ac{URL}).
  % \chgs{2008/12/01 v0.98 added}
  \begingroup\rightskip=0sp plus \hsize \endgraf\endgroup}

\pdef\centerthis{% 2009/12/15
  \begingroup
  \rightskip=1\rightskip plus \hsize
  \leftskip=1\leftskip plus\hsize
  \parfillskip=\z@skip
  \endgraf\endgroup}


\def\balsmiley#1 {}% to balance parentheses and brackets in
                % smileys. \balsmiley( ;-) \inverb|\balsmiley( ;-)|
% \chgs{2008/12/9 v0.98 moved here from my personal macro package
% since I~needed it in the documentation of \pk{gmutils}}. 
%^^A The \pk{wasysym} package defines \incs{smiley} as it should be, a~smiley
%^^A that is.

\long\pdef\scantnoline#1{%  ‘rescan tokens without adding line end’
  {\endlinechar\m@ne\scantokens{#1}}}
% \chgs{2008/12/14 v0.98 added}

% \subdivision{A~fix to the \pk{url} package}
%
% It happened that a~\ac{URL}s typeset with the |\url| command of the
% \pk{url} package came out sort of spaced because kerning was off
% because of the math mode. So I~provide a~redefinition of the
% internal macros of the \pk{url} package which in my version uses not math mode but
% |\scantokens| and not |\relpenalty| and |\binoppenalty| but
% |\hyphenpenalty| (as it is in the paragraph) and
% |\discretionary|. I~tried putting explicit penalties after the
% symbols but that spoiled kerning.
%
% The rules of line breaking are somewhat different, too: in the original \pk{url}
% package line breaks are forbidden between any two symbols listed in
% |\UrlBigBreaks|.  In  my version line breaks are
% forbidden between any two \emph{identical} ‘\ac{URL} Breaks’ and
% ‘\ac{URL} Big Breaks’. 
%
% There are some more differences in formatting some chars, i.a.\ |~|,
%  |%| and angle brackets which I~don't treat specially and just take from font
% assuming the font provides \ac{ASCII} chars and checking whether it
% provides the angle brackets.
%
\@ifXeTeX{%
  \pdef\UrlFix{\AtBeginDocument{%
      \@ifpackageloaded{url}{\gm@UrlFix}{}}%
    \relaxen\UrlFix}%
  %
  \AtBeginDocument{%
    \pdef\UrlFix{%
      \@ifpackageloaded{url}{\gm@UrlFix}{}%
      \relaxen\UrlFix}}%
}
{%
  \pdef\UrlFix{\PackageWarning{gmutils}{!!! The \string\UrlFix\space
      declaration works only with XeTeX}}%
}


\@ifXeTeX{}{%
  \edef\gmu@restoreUpUpUp{\catcode`\@nx\^^^=\the\catcode`\^^^}%
  \AtEndOfPackage\gmu@restoreUpUpUp
  \catcode`\^^^=9 }
  
\def\gm@UrlFix{%
  % \stanza
  % default style assignments
  \def\UrlBreaks{\do\.\do\@\do\\\do\/\do\!\do\_\do\|\do\;\do\]%
    \do\)\do\,\do\?\do\'\do\"\do\+\do\=\do\#\do\%\do\~\do\_\do\|%
    \do\{\do\}\do\$}%
  \def\UrlBigBreaks{\do\:}%
  \def\UrlNoBreaks{\do\(\do\[\do\{}%
  \def\UrlSpecials{%
    \do\ {\hbox{\visiblespace}}\do\^^M{\hbox{\visiblespace}}}%
  % \stanza
  % 
  % \stanza
  \def\Url@Format##1{%
    \UrlFont 
    \ifdefined\verbatim@specials
      \catcode`\>\active
      \verbatim@specials
      \verbatim@mathhack
    \fi % setting of
    % the escape char, begin and end group and optionally math shift,
    % defined in \pk{gmverb}.
    \gm@UrlSetup 
    \UrlLeft
    \edef\gmu@theendlinechar{\the\endlinechar}%
    \endlinechar\m@ne
    \kern\z@% to forbid hyphenating the first word if the \ac{URL}
    % begins with a~word
    \hyphenchar\font=\UrlHyphenchar\relax
    \let\-\gmu@discretionaryhyphen
    \scantokens{##1}%
    \endlinechar\gmu@theendlinechar\relax
    \UrlRight
  }% of |\Url@Format|.
  % \stanza
  \edef\UrlHyphenchar{%
    \ifdefined\gmv@hyphenchar\gmv@hyphenchar
    \else"A6 \fi}% \label{UrlHyphenchar} broken bar, |¦| or the same as
  % provided in \pk{gmverb} for verbatims. You
  % can redefine it as you please. This char is used as the
  % hyphenation char in \ac{URL}s and therefore should be different
  % from |-| (hyphen), which is often a part of an \ac{URL}. The
  % broken bar seems to be quite unlikely in \ac{URL}s and/or file
  % names.
  % \stanza
  \def\verbatim@mathhack{%
    \ifdefined\verbatim@specials@list
      \@xa\verbatim@mathhack@\verbatim@specials@list
    \fi
  }%
  % \stanza
  \def\verbatim@mathhack@##1##2##3##4##5##6{%
    \IfValueT{##4}{%
      \edef\gmu@thinmuskip{\the\thinmuskip}%
      \edef\gmu@medmuskip{\the\medmuskip}%
      \edef\gmu@thickmuskip{\the\thickmuskip}%
      \begingroup
      \lccode`\~=`##4\lowercase{%
        \endgroup\def~####1~}%
      {$\thinmuskip\gmu@thinmuskip\relax
        \medmuskip\gmu@medmuskip\relax
        \thickmuskip\gmu@thickmuskip\relax
        ####1%
        $}%
      \catcode`##4\active
    }%
  }%
  %\stanza
  \def\gm@UrlSetup{%
    \medmuskip\Urlmuskip \thickmuskip\medmuskip \thinmuskip0mu%
    \relpenalty\UrlBigBreakPenalty \binoppenalty\UrlBreakPenalty
    % ^^A     \exhyphenpenalty\@M % seems not to work.
    % ^^A     \hyphenpenalty\@M
    \def\do{\gmu@doUrlMath\UrlBreakPenalty}\UrlBreaks % bin
    % (\incs{hyphenpenalty} anyway)
    \def\do{\gmu@doUrlMath\UrlBigBreakPenalty}\UrlBigBreaks % rel
                                % (\incs{hyphenpenalty} anyway)
    \def\do{\gmu@doUrlMath\@M}\UrlNoBreaks % open (no break)
    \def\do{\gmu@doUrlMathAc\UrlBreakPenalty}% (\incs{hyphenpenalty})
    \UrlSpecials
    \if \iffontchar\font"2329 1\else0\fi\iffontchar\font"232A 1\else2\fi
    % \nostanza we check whether the font provides both left and right
    % angle brackets. \nostanza
      \gmu@measurewd{^^^^2329}%
      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
        \@nx\gmu@doUrlMathAc\@M\@nx\<{%
          \hbox to\gmu@tempb{\unexpanded{\hss\char"2329 \hss}}}%
        }\gmu@tempa
      \gmu@measurewd{^^^^232a}%
      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
        \@nx\do\@nx\>{%
          \hbox to\gmu@tempb{\unexpanded{\hss\char"232A \hss}}}%
        }\gmu@tempa
    \else
      \gmu@doUrlMathAc\@M\<{\langle}\do\>{\rangle}%
    \fi
    \iffontchar\font"22C6 % low star
      \do\*{\hbox{\char"22C6 }}% 
    \else \do\**% 
    \fi
    \ifx\do@url@hyp\@empty
      \gmu@measurewd{-}% this macro is defined in line \ref{@measurewd}. 
      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
        \unexpanded{\gmu@doUrlMathAc\@M\-}%
        {\hbox to \gmu@tempb{\unexpanded{\hss-\hss}}%
          \@nx\-}% hyphen is a
        % good point for hyphenation, but the hyphenation char should
        % be sth. else, and it is indeed: |¦| (broken bar,
        % |\char"A6|). See also line \ref{UrlHyphenchar}
      }\gmu@tempa
    \fi
    \addfontfeature{Ligatures=NoCommon, Mapping=none}% instead of
    % ‘doing’ \incs{ver\+bat\+im\+@\+no\+lig\+@\+list}.
    % ^^A     \let\do\set@mathnolig \verbatim@nolig@list  % prevent ligatures
  }% of |\gm@UrlSetup|.
  % \stanza
  % ^^A   \def\gmu@UrlBreakPenalty{\gobble{\penalty\UrlBreakPenalty\relax}}%
  % ^^A   \def\gmu@UrlBigBreakPenalty{\gobble{\penalty\UrlBigBreakPenalty\relax}}%
  % ^^A   \def\gmu@Url@M{\gobble{\penalty\@M\relax}}%
  % 
  % \stanza
  \def\gmu@doUrlMath##1##2{%\
    % \begin{enumargs}
    % \item value of the penalty (used as a~Boolean: if $<$
    % \thous 10000, \nlperc\cs{hyphenpenalty} will be used anyway, if $\ge$
    % \thous10000, there will be no \incs{discretionary}),
    % \item the char, given as |\⁄<char>|.
    % \end{enumargs}
    % ^^A     % \begin{enumargs}
    % ^^A     % \item a~type information macro that expands to |\gobble{⁄«penalty»}|,
    % ^^A     % \item the char, given as |\⁄<char>|.
    % ^^A     % \end{enumargs}
    % ^^A\gmu@measurewd{##3}%
    \begingroup 
    \lccode`\~=`##2\lowercase{%
      \endgroup\def~{\@ifnextchar~}%
      \@xa\addtomacro\@xa~}% of |\lowercase|.
    \ifnum##1<\@M
    {%
      {\char`##2\csname gmu@dbl\string##2kern\endcsname}% if next is  the same char
      {\ifmmode\char`##2% else
        \else\gmu@urlbreakable{##1}{##2}%
        \fi}%
    }% of |\addtomacro|'s argument |\ifnum| true.
    \else
    {%
      {\char`##2\csname gmu@dbl\string##2kern\endcsname}{\char`##2}%
    }% of |\addtomacro|'s argument |\ifnum| false.
    \fi
      \catcode`##2=\active
    }% of |\gmu@doUrlMath|.
  % \stanza
  \def\gmu@doUrlMathAc##1##2##3{%\
    % \begin{enumargs}
    % \item  (value of) a~penalty (see the remark to \inverb|##1| of
    % the previous macro),
    % \item the char (as |\⁄<char>|),
    % \item the definition.
    % \end{enumargs}
    \begingroup 
    \lccode`\~=`##2\lowercase{%
      \endgroup\def~{\@ifnextchar~}%
      \@xa\addtomacro\@xa~}% of |\lowercase|.
    \ifnum ##1<\@M
    {%
      {\ifmmode\char`##2\else$##3\m@th$\fi}%
      {\ifmmode\char`##2%
        \else\discretionary{\hbox{$##3\m@th$}}{}{\hbox{$##3\m@th$}}%
        \fi}%
    }% of |\addtomacro|'s argument if num true.
    \else
    {%
      {\ifmmode\char`##2\else$##3\m@th$\fi}{\ifmmode\char`##2\else$##3\m@th$\fi}%
    }% of |\addtomacro|'s argument if num false.
    \fi
    \catcode`##2=\active
  }% of |\gmu@doUrlMathAc|.
  % \stanza
  \pdef\gmu@url@rigidbreak##1##2{\discretionary{\char`##2}{}{\char`##2}}%
  % \stanza
  \pdef\gmu@url@flexbreak##1##2{\penalty\@M \hskip\z@ plus0,03em
    \char`##2\penalty##1\hskip\z@ plus0,03em\relax}% 
  % \stanza
  \let\gmu@urlbreakable\gmu@url@flexbreak
  % \stanza
  \def\Url@z##1{%
    %  Do any hyper referencing due to hyperref (or perform a url-def)
    \Url@HyperHook
    % Now do the formatting in a group (can also have \incs{Url@HyperHook} take
    % this as an argument). \nostanza
    {\Url@Format{##1}}%
    \endgroup}%
  % \stanza
  \DeclareUrlCommand\file{\urlstyle{sf}}%
  % \stanza
  \emptify\Url@moving% with our settings |\url| is pretty allowed in
  % moving arguments, I~hope.
}% of |\gmu@UrlFix|.

\DeclareCommand\UrlSlashKern{O{tt}m}%
{\AtBeginDocument{%
    \@nameedef{url@#1style}{\def\@nx\UrlFont{%
        \@xa\@nx\csname#1family\endcsname
        \def\@xa\@nx\csname gmu@dbl\string\/kern\endcsname
        {\kern#2\relax}%
        % ^^A        \hyphenchar\font=124
      }% of |\UrlFont|
    }% of |\url#1style|
    \urlstyle{#1}%
  }% of |\AtBeginDocument|
}% of |\UrlSlashKern|




% \division{Conditional tilde}
%
% Polish typesetting standards say that for 12 dd and 10 dd \<czcionki>
% if leading is narrower that 3\dekfracc1/2 \<kwadratu>, $ 3\dekfracc1/2 × 48$dd,
% then hanging letters are allowed, which also applies to 8 and 6 dd
% \<czcionki> in less than 3 \<kwadraty> leading. I~treat this
% recommendation not strictly but as an inspiration, that is
% I~translate »dd« to »pt«.

\def\TrzaskaTilde{%
  \@xa\DeclareCommand\@xa\gm@smarttilde
  \@xa{\@xa S\@xa{\all@stars~}}{%
    \IfValueTF{##1}{\nobreakspace{}}%
    {\ifdim\dimexpr\hsize-\leftskip-\rightskip
      -\ifdim\hangindent<\z@-\fi\hangindent % the last
      % parameter is used with respect to the \pk{floatflt} package.
      >%
        \ifdim\f@size pt>\dimexpr10pt-1sp\relax
          168dd
        \else
          144dd
        \fi
        \nobreakspace {}%
      \else
        \ %
      \fi
    }% of |\gm@ifstar|'s else,
  }% of |\gm@smarttilde|,
  \let~\gm@smarttilde
}% of |\TrzaskaTilde|.


\pdef\getprevdepth{%
  \endgraf
  \xdef\setprevdepth{\prevdepth=\the\prevdepth\relax}%
}

% \division{Storing the catcode of line end}
\def\StoreCatM{%
  \protected\edef\RestoreCatM{%
    \catcode`\@nx\^^M=\the\catcode`\^^M\relax}%
}

\pdef\RestoreCatM{\PackageE{gmutils}{first store the catcode of
    ^\empty^\empty M with \string\StoreCatM.}%
}

% \division{A~really empty page}
% Copied from Marcin Woliński's macros.
% 

\newcommand{\clearemptydoublepage}{%
        \newpage{\pagestyle{empty}\cleardoublepage}}


\DeclareCommand\setspaceskip{%
  A{}% optional factor for all three components
  O{\fontdimen2\font}%
 >is
 O{\fontdimen3\font}%
 >is
 O{\fontdimen4\font}}
{\spaceskip=#1#2plus#1#3minus#1#4\relax}

\foone\obeylines{% 
  \def\disobeylines{% for arguments in which line end is active to
    % simulate normal behaviour
    \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active%
      \pdef^^M{\@ifnextgroup{\ifhmode\unskip\space\fi}{\gmu@disMinner}}%
      \def\gmu@disMinner##1{%
        \ifx^^M##1\endgraf%
        \else\afterfi{\ifhmode\unskip\space\fi}\fi##1}%
    \fi}%
}


%^^A\def\gmu@lowstarfake{*}


\def\makestarlow{%
  \begingroup\lccode`\~=`\*\lowercase{%% \Define**
    \endgroup\def~{\gmu@lowstar}}% 2009/10/19  |\let| changed to
  % \inverb|\def| to allow redefinitions of \incmd\gmu@lowstar.
  \catcode`\*=\active
  \defLowStarFake
}

\DeclareCommand\defLowStarFake{%
  Q{+-0123456789,.}{0,5}% fraction of fontchar depth of the star glyph
}%
{%
  \def\gmu@lowstarfake{%
    \leavevmode\vbox{\hbox{*}\kern#1\fontchardp\font`*}%
  }%
}


\def\gmu@lowstarfake{*} % useful for next command where normal star is
% low.


% The |\*| \CS and active |*| should be defined different to make them
% distinguishable by tests, especially with |\gm@ifstar| in
% mind. 

\DeclareCommand\*{Q{0123456789}{1}}
% \label{def:gmu@star}
{\gmu@star@loop0{#1}}

\def\gmu@star@loop#1#2{% this is an expandable loop as in The
   % \eTeX\ Manual p.~9.
   \ifnum#1<\numexpr#2\relax%
     \gmu@lowstar
     \@xa\gmu@star@loop
     \@xa{\number\numexpr#1+1\@xa}%
     \@xa{\number#2\@xa}%
   \fi}


  
\endinput
%
% \ChangesGeneral
%
% \changes{v0.70}{06/10/20}{Package renamed to \pk{gmutils} from
% \pk{gmlpatch}. As my \protect\TeX\ Guru remarked rightly, the
% previous name might suggest there was sth.\ wrong with \LaTeX\ which
% was not my intention}
%
% \changes{v0.74}{2006/11/28}{Added macros to make sectioning commands
% of \pk{mwcls} and standard classes compatible. Now my sectionings
% allow two optionals in both worlds and with \pk{mwcls} if there's
% only one optional, it's the title to toc and running head not just
% to the latter}
%
% \changes{v0.76}{2007/03/10}{A~`fixing' of \cs{dots} was rolled back
% since it came out they were \acro{O.K.} and that was the \acro{QX} encoding that
% prints them very tight}
%
% \changes{v0.77}{2007/04/13}{\cs{afterfi} \& pals made two-argument
% as the Marcin Woli\nacute ski's analogoi are. At this occasion some
% redundant macros of that family are deleted}
% 
% \changes{v0.78}{2007/04/26}{\cs{@namelet} renamed to \cs{n@melet}
% to solve a~conflict with the \pk{beamer} class. The package contents
% regrouped}
%
% \changes{v0.85}{2007/11/16}{fixed behaviour of too clever headings
% with \pk{gmdoc} by adding an \cs{ifdim} test}
%
% \changes{v0.87}{2008/08/03}{the package goes \eTeX\ even more,
% making use of \cs{ifdefined} and the code using \acro{UTF-8} chars is
% wrapped in a~\XeTeX-condition}
%
% \changes{v0.89}{2008/08/04}{removed obsolete adjustment of \pk{pgf}
% for \XeTeX}
%
% \changes{v0.91}{2008/08/06}{removed \cs{jobnamewoe} since
% \cs{jobname} is always without extension. \cs{xiispace} forked to
% \cs{visiblespace} \cs{let} to \cs{xxt@visiblespace} of \pk{xltxtra}
% if available. The documentation driver integrated with the \file{.sty} file}
%
% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/21}{A~couple of \cs{DeclareRobustCommand*}
% changed to \cs{pdef}}
%
% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/29}{The numerical macros commented out as
% obsolete and never really used}
%
% \changes{v0.94}{2008/09/08}{\cs{bgroup} and \cs{egroup} in the
% macro storing commands and in \cs{foone} changed to \cs{begingroup}
% and \cs{endgroup} since the former produce an empty \cs{mathord} in
% math mode while the latter don't}
%
% \changes{v0.94}{2008/10/4}{The code from ancient \pk{xparse} (1999) of \TeX
% Live 2007 rewritten here}
%
% \changes{v0.94}{2008/10/4}{removed \cs{unex@namedef} and
% \cs{unex@nameuse}, probably never really used since they were
% incomplete: \cs{edef@other} undefined}
%
% \toCTAN{2008/11/21 v0.96}
%
%
% \PrintChanges\PrintIndex
%\NoEOF

% (For my GNU Emacs:)
%%% Local Variables: 
%%% mode: doctex
%%% coding: utf-8
%%% mode: flyspell
%%% ispell-local-dictionary: "british"
%%% End: 

% LocalWords:  xedekfraccplain dekfraccsimple doif ifnif sptoken xifnif lowstar
% LocalWords:  dc oC soC oarg parg Ps LocalWords ifnextgroup xifncat ifncat xaS
% LocalWords:  ifnextsingle seQuence activespace dofakeonum smarttilde prevdp
% LocalWords:  reserveda fileext filepart tempswatrue partsw tempswafalse gmu
% LocalWords:  tempswa filename filepartname partlist mainaux writeckpt nameuse
% LocalWords:  prependtomacro xefraccdef xefracc mmhbox selectfont cepstnof
% LocalWords:  reservedb tempd SMglobal smtempa SMglobalfalse MacroSt fontscale
% LocalWords:  quotedstring getfontdata getfontscale getfontstring fontstring
% LocalWords:  numeratorkern denominatorkern fracfontsetup maxnum minnum
% LocalWords:  extremnum firstofmany normalcr tempcnta currfont reservedc
% LocalWords:  maybestripcomma twocolumn thefnmark makefnmark ATfootnotes
% LocalWords:  reservedd reservede